WO2018153344A1 - Handover preparation method, base station and user equipment - Google Patents

Handover preparation method, base station and user equipment Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018153344A1
WO2018153344A1 PCT/CN2018/076974 CN2018076974W WO2018153344A1 WO 2018153344 A1 WO2018153344 A1 WO 2018153344A1 CN 2018076974 W CN2018076974 W CN 2018076974W WO 2018153344 A1 WO2018153344 A1 WO 2018153344A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
target cell
base station
automatic handover
target
information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2018/076974
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
孙立新
丁颖哲
周明宇
路杨
Original Assignee
北京佰才邦技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 北京佰才邦技术有限公司 filed Critical 北京佰才邦技术有限公司
Publication of WO2018153344A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018153344A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
    • H04W36/0072Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link of resource information of target access point
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/08Reselecting an access point
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/16Performing reselection for specific purposes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/16Performing reselection for specific purposes
    • H04W36/165Performing reselection for specific purposes for reducing network power consumption
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/24Reselection being triggered by specific parameters
    • H04W36/30Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by measured or perceived connection quality data

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a handover preparation method, a base station, and a user equipment (UE (User Equipment)).
  • UE User Equipment
  • MulteFire is a wireless access technology that extends LTE (Long Term Evolution) to unlicensed bands.
  • unlicensed band carriers can provide services independently without the aid of a licensed band carrier.
  • the MulteFire system supports automatic handover of a user terminal (UE), that is, when the UE detects that the channel quality of the current access cell and the neighboring cell meets the handover condition, the UE can automatically initiate random access to the target cell to access the target cell, without receiving The handover is performed only after the handover command of the current cell is accessed.
  • UE user terminal
  • the UE cannot know the RRC (Radio Resource Control) resource configuration of the target cell to the UE, thereby easily affecting the handover efficiency.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • Embodiments of the present disclosure provide a handover preparation method, a base station, and a user terminal (UE).
  • UE user terminal
  • a handover preparation method includes: an original base station accessed by a user terminal UE transmitting, to at least one target base station, context information carrying at least the UE and target cell indication information.
  • An automatic handover preparation request where the target cell indication information is used to indicate that the at least one target base station performs radio resource control RRC resource configuration on the UE according to the target cell indication information, where context information of the UE is used to indicate
  • the at least one target base station saves context information of the UE in at least one second target cell; the original base station receives an automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station; and if the at least one target base station sends
  • the automatic handover preparation response message includes the first target cell information that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover, and the original base station sends automatic handover configuration information to the UE, where the automatic handover configuration information includes at least the first target The cell identity of the cell.
  • a handover preparation method includes: the target base station receiving, by the original base station accessed by the user equipment UE, at least the context information of the UE and the target cell indication information a handover preparation request; the target base station performs automatic handover admission control on the UE according to the target cell indication information, and the target base station saves the UE in at least one second target cell according to context information of the UE. Context information; and the target base station sends an automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station, where the automatic handover preparation response message includes successfully receiving the UE if the target base station successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover The first target cell information for automatic switching is performed.
  • a handover preparation method comprising: receiving, by a user equipment UE, automatic handover configuration information sent by an original base station; and if the automatic handover configuration information includes at least successfully receiving the UE And automatically selecting the cell identifier of the first target cell, and the UE selects the target cell that is automatically switched according to the automatic handover configuration information.
  • a first base station which is an original base station and includes a processor, a memory, and a bus interface, wherein the processor and the memory are connected by the bus interface, wherein The memory is configured to store programs and data stored by the processor when performing operations, and the processor is configured to read programs and data stored in the memory to control the first base station to execute according to the The method described on the one hand.
  • a second base station is further provided, the second base station is a target base station and includes a processor, a memory, and a bus interface, wherein the memory is configured to store the processor when performing an operation Stored programs and data, and the processor is operative to read programs and data stored in the memory to control the second base station to perform the method according to the second aspect.
  • a user terminal UE including a processor, a memory, and a bus interface, wherein the processor, the transceiver, and the memory are connected by the bus interface, wherein the memory And storing the program and data stored by the processor when performing an operation, and the processor is configured to read a program and data stored in the memory to control the user terminal to perform according to the third aspect method.
  • a first base station is further provided, where the first base station is an original base station, and includes: a sending module, configured to send, to at least one target base station, a user that at least carries the access to the first base station
  • the context information of the terminal UE and the automatic handover preparation request of the target cell indication information where the target cell indication information is used to indicate that the at least one target base station performs automatic handover admission control on the UE according to the target cell indication information
  • the context information of the UE is used to indicate that the at least one target base station saves context information of the UE in the at least one second target cell
  • the receiving module is configured to receive an automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station.
  • determining configured to determine whether the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station includes first target cell information that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover, wherein if the at least one target base station sends an automatic handover Preparing the response message includes successfully accepting the UE for self- First target handover cell information, the sending module sends the configuration information is automatically switched to the UE, the automatic switch configuration comprising at least cell identification information of the first target cell.
  • a second base station is further provided, where the second base station is a target base station, and includes: a receiving module, configured to receive a context that is sent by the original base station accessed by the user terminal UE and that carries at least the UE The information and the automatic handover preparation request of the target cell indication information; the configuration module is configured to perform automatic handover admission control on the UE according to the target cell indication information; and the saving module is configured to: at least one according to the context information of the UE Saving the context information of the UE in the second target cell; and the sending module is configured to send an automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station, where the automatic handover is performed if the target base station successfully accepts the UE The handover preparation response message includes first target cell information that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover.
  • a user terminal UE includes: a receiving module, configured to receive automatic switching configuration information sent by an original base station accessed by the UE; and a determining module configured to determine the automatic switching configuration Whether the information includes the cell identifier of the first target cell that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover; and the selecting module, configured to: in the automatic handover configuration information, the cell identifier of the first target cell that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover In the case of the automatic switching configuration information, the target cell that is automatically switched is selected.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a handover preparation method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of data transmission in a handover preparation method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of data transmission in an automatic handover process of a UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of data transmission in an automatic handover process of a UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of data transmission in an automatic handover process of a UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a handover preparation method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a handover preparation method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a first base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a second base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a first base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a second base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the present disclosure provides an automatic handover preparation method, a base station, and a user equipment UE, to solve the problem that the UE cannot learn the radio resource control (RRC) resource configuration of the target cell to the UE in the related automatic handover scheme, thereby easily affecting the handover efficiency. problem.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • MulteFire (hereinafter referred to as MF) is a wireless access technology that extends Long Term Evolution (LTE) to unlicensed bands.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • unlicensed band carriers can be independently serviced without the aid of a licensed band carrier.
  • the MF physical layer introduces LBT (like WiFi-based carrier sensing technology). Listen Before Talk, listen to the mechanism first.
  • the base station or the UE monitors that the unlicensed band channel is occupied, that is, when the LBT fails, the signal is stopped; when the base station or the UE monitors that the channel is idle, that is, the LBT succeeds, the signal is transmitted.
  • the DRS includes the main downlink common control signals, system broadcast, Primary Sync Signal (PSS), Secondary Sync Signal (SSS), Enhanced Primary Sync Signal (ePSS), and enhanced auxiliary.
  • Enhanced Secondary Sync Signal (eSSS) Cell Reference Signal (CRS), Master Information Block (MIB), and Enhanced System Information Block Multefire (SIB-MF).
  • the DRS occupies 12 or 14 symbols (Symbols) in one downlink subframe.
  • the UE may receive the DRS in the Discovery Signals Measurement Timing Configuration (DMTC) window for downlink synchronization, reception MIB, and SIB-MF.
  • DMTC Discovery Signals Measurement Timing Configuration
  • the MF cell transmits the CRS only in the DRS subframe or other subframes that are transmitted by the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH). Therefore, the UE can perform channel measurement on the MF serving cell or the MF neighboring cell only in the DMTC window. Perform cell selection, cell reselection or handover.
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
  • the eNB may send the DMTC information of the serving cell, the intra-frequency neighboring cell, and the inter-frequency neighboring cell to the UE, and broadcast the DMTC information of the current MF serving cell through the SIB-MF, and send the same-frequency MF neighboring cell through the SIB3 broadcast or through the UE-specific RRC message.
  • DMTC information the DMTC information of the inter-frequency MF neighboring cell of the specified frequency point is sent by the SIB5 broadcast or by the UE-specific RRC message, so that the UE learns the DRS transmission time of the MF serving cell, the intra-frequency neighboring cell, and the inter-frequency neighboring cell according to the DMTC information. Window for channel measurement.
  • the MF serving cell DMTC information includes DMTC parameters.
  • the DMTC parameters include: DMTC window duration (dmtc-duration), DMTC window period (dmtc-Periodicity), and subframe offset (dmtc-Offset).
  • MulteFire provides two basic access modes of the network architecture, namely the Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) access mode and the Neutral Host Network (NHN) access mode.
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • NHS Neutral Host Network
  • the NHN access mode is a unified planning and self-organizing neutral network newly introduced by MulteFire.
  • One NHN can be shared to multiple service providers at the same time, and the MF RAN is connected to the core network (CN) of the NHN, and the MF cell
  • CN core network
  • PGP-ID Participating Service Provider Identity
  • PSP-ID Participating Service Provider Identity
  • the PLMN access mode is a network mode in which the MF RAN is connected to the mobile operator's 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP CN, and the UE may perform S1 or X2 handover between the MF RAN of the PLMN access mode and the 3GPP RAN, in the MF cell A list of PLMN IDs is sent in the broadcast message.
  • the MF RAN is simultaneously connected to the NHN CN and the 3GPP CN, and the NHN-ID, PSP-ID, and PLMN ID list are simultaneously broadcast in the broadcast message of the MF cell.
  • the Multefire cell monitors the channel according to the LBT mechanism. When it is occupied, it will not be able to send a switching command, resulting in a too long switching delay. Therefore, the UE automatic handover mechanism is supported in the Multefire system.
  • the UE can automatically initiate random access to the target cell without receiving the handover command of the current access cell.
  • the UE does not send a measurement report to the current cell and waits for the handover command of the current cell to reduce the handover delay.
  • the present disclosure provides a handover preparation method, which will be described in detail below in conjunction with specific embodiments.
  • the UE may be a mobile phone (or a mobile phone), or other device capable of transmitting or receiving a wireless signal, including a user equipment (terminal), a personal digital assistant (PDA), and a wireless device.
  • a wireless signal including a user equipment (terminal), a personal digital assistant (PDA), and a wireless device.
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • Modem wireless communication device, handheld device, laptop computer, cordless phone, wireless local loop (WLL) station, CPE (Customer Premise Equipment) or mobile intelligent hotspot, intelligent capable of converting mobile signals into WiFi signals
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • CPE Customer Premise Equipment
  • mobile intelligent hotspot intelligent capable of converting mobile signals into WiFi signals
  • the base station is not limited in form, and may be a Macro Base Station, a Pico Base Station, a Node B (3G mobile base station), an Enhanced Base Station (ENB), and a Home Enhanced Base Station (Femto eNB). Or Home eNode B or Home eNB or HNEB), relay station, access point, RRU (Remote Radio Unit), RRH (Remote Radio Head).
  • RRU Remote Radio Unit
  • RRH Remote Radio Head
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a handover preparation method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the executor of the handover preparation method may be the original base station accessed by the UE. As shown in FIG. 1, the method includes the following steps S101-S103.
  • Step S101 The original base station that the user terminal UE accesses sends, to the at least one target base station, an automatic handover preparation request that carries at least the context information of the UE and the target cell indication information, where the target cell indication information is used to indicate the
  • the at least one target base station performs automatic handover admission control on the UE according to the target cell indication information, where context information of the UE is used to indicate that the at least one target base station saves the context of the UE in at least one second target cell. information.
  • the original base station that the UE accesses (that is, the base station that the UE accesses before the automatic handover) sends an automatic handover preparation request to the at least one target base station, where the at least one target base station is requested to be the UE.
  • the automatic switching is ready.
  • the original base station may send the automatic handover preparation request to the at least one target base station when the UE accesses the original base station, or may reach the at least one target after receiving the measurement report reported by the UE.
  • the base station sends the automatic handover preparation request, and may also send an automatic handover preparation request to the at least one target base station every preset time after the UE accesses the original base station. It should be noted that the foregoing is only an example of the manner in which the original base station is triggered to send an automatic handover preparation request to the at least one target base station, and is not limited thereto.
  • the at least one target base station may be determined by the original base station according to the measurement report reported by the UE, for example, determining one or more cells whose signal quality is greater than a threshold according to the measurement report reported by the UE, and then determining the one or The base station corresponding to the multiple cells is the target base station.
  • the at least one target base station may also be determined by the original base station according to the mobility regularity of the UE. For example, the original base station may determine one or more that the UE is about to enter according to the mobility regularity of the UE. The cell then determines that the base station corresponding to the one or more cells is the target base station.
  • the manner of determining the at least one target base station may also be a combination of the foregoing two manners. It should be noted that the foregoing manner of determining the at least one target base station is merely an example, and the disclosure does not specifically limit this.
  • the automatic handover preparation request carries at least the context information of the UE and the target cell indication information, where the target cell indication information is used to indicate that the at least one target base station automatically performs handover and accepting the UE in the at least one target cell. control.
  • the original base station may select the same target base station or target cell or the same target base station and target cell for different UEs, or may select different target base stations or different target cells or different target base stations and target cells for different UEs. .
  • the original base station may select different target base stations or different target cells or different target base stations and target cells for different UEs according to different cells currently accessed by the UE, or may be measured according to each UE.
  • the measurement results included in the report select different target base stations or different target cells or different target base stations and target cells for each UE.
  • the original base station may first select a target cell for the UE, and then determine a base station to which the target cell belongs as a target base station.
  • the target cell indication information includes at least one or more cell identifiers of the target cell. As shown in FIG. 2, the at least one target base station automatically switches the UE in at least one target cell according to the target cell indication information. Admission control. Each of the at least one target base station may include at least one of the one or more target cells, or may not include any of the one or more target cells.
  • the target base station H when receiving the automatic handover preparation request carrying the target cell indication information, acquires a cell identifier in the target cell indication information, and then determines the at least one Whether the target cell belongs to the target base station H in the target cell, and if the target cell does not belong to the target base station H in the at least one target cell indicated by the target cell indication information (for example, in a specific implementation, the target cell indication information is not Instructing any target cell, the target base station H does not perform automatic handover admission control on the UE; if the target cell h in the at least one target cell indicated by the target cell indication information belongs to the target base station H, the target base station H performs automatic handover admission control for the UE in the target cell h.
  • the context information of the UE is used to indicate that the at least one target base station saves context information of the UE in at least one second target cell.
  • the target base station H indicates that all cells belonging to the target base station H save context information of the UE, but do not perform automatic handover admission control for the UE; if the target cell indicates at least one target indicated by the information If the target cell h belongs to the target base station H, the target base station H instructs the target cell h to save the context information of the UE, and performs automatic handover admission control for the UE in the target cell h.
  • the context information of the UE includes one or more of the following: security capability information of the UE, access network security key information, E-RAB (Evolved Radio Access Bearer) bearer information of the UE, The handover restriction list and RRC context information of the UE are described.
  • the RRC context information includes at least capability information of the UE.
  • the RRC context information may further include one or more of the following: an access layer configuration (AS-Config), a radio resource management configuration (RRM-Config), and an access layer context (AS). -Context).
  • the access stratum context includes re-establishment information for the UE of the at least one re-establishment target cell for each of the at least one target base station.
  • the access layer configuration includes all air interface configuration information of the UE in the original cell, such as a measurement configuration, a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI, an original cell DL-EARFCN, a radio resource configuration, a main information block (MIB), and a system. Message SIB1/SIB2 and the number of original cell ports.
  • the automatic handover preparation request may further carry bearer information of an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB that is required to be received by the at least one target base station, for requesting the at least one target base station. Determining whether to accept the bearer information of the E-RAB that needs to be accepted.
  • E-RAB evolved radio access bearer
  • Step S102 The original base station receives an automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station.
  • the original base station receives an automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station.
  • the at least one target base station may indicate at least one target cell according to the target cell indication information in the automatic handover preparation request.
  • the UE performs automatic handover admission control, and the at least one target base station carries the first target cell information that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover in the automatic handover preparation response message, and the original base station receives the automatic The handover preparation response message can learn the first target cell information that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover.
  • the first target cell information carried in the automatic handover preparation request sent by the original base station may be the first target for successfully accepting the UE for automatic handover.
  • the cell identifier of the cell may also be information that the one or more target cells indicated by the target cell indication message succeeds that the UE performs automatic handover. For example, for the target base station H, if no target cell of the one or more target cells indicated by the target cell indication information belongs to the target base station H, the first target cell that the target base station H sends to the original base station The information may be that the original base station does not have a cell successfully accepting the UE for automatic handover under the target base station H.
  • the target base station H instructs the target cell h to perform automatic handover admission control for the UE, if the target If the cell h successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover, the target base station H may send the first target cell information carrying the cell identifier of the target cell h to the original base station; or, for only one target cell h belongs to the In the case of the target base station H, the first target cell information may be information carrying only "yes/success" or "no/failure", for example.
  • the manner in which the at least one target base station determines whether the automatic handover admission control of the UE in the target cell is successful may be the following manner, that is, if a target cell belongs to any of the following conditions: And the at least one target base station determines that the admission control failure of the UE in the target cell fails: a) the target cell does not support the public land mobile network PLMN service of the UE; or b) the target cell support The PLMN service of the UE belongs to the forbidden tracking area forbidden to the UE handover restriction list; or c) the target cell cannot successfully accept the evolved radio access bearer E that does not provide the lowest transmission rate guarantee non-GBR type - RAB bearer; or d) the target base station fails to reserve the cell radio network temporary identity C-RNTI for the UE in the target cell; or f) the target base station is the UE in the target cell
  • the dedicated random access channel RACH resource is reserved and the air interface radio resource is reserved.
  • Step S103 If the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station includes the first target cell information that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover, the original base station sends an automatic handover configuration information to the UE.
  • the automatic handover configuration information includes at least a cell identifier of the first target cell.
  • the original base station sends automatic handover configuration information to the UE after receiving the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station.
  • the original base station may determine, according to the received automatic handover preparation response message, a cell identifier of the first target cell that successfully accepts the UE to perform automatic handover, and then in the automatic handover configuration information sent to the UE. Carrying a cell identifier of the first target cell. In this way, the UE can know whether the target cell successfully performs the automatic handover of the UE before the automatic handover, so that the UE optimizes the target cell selection of the automatic handover, thereby reducing the automatic handover delay.
  • the at least one target base station determines (i) the accepted E-RAB. Carrying and (ii) rejecting at least one of the E-RAB bearers, and then indicating to the original base station by the automatic handover preparation response message, to facilitate wireless between the original base station and the at least one target base station Communication.
  • the first target cell information includes RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
  • the automatic handover configuration information may also carry the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE, or may not carry the RRC resource of the first target cell to the UE. Configuration information.
  • the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes a first type to a fifth type.
  • the first type public RRC resource configuration.
  • the second type cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI configuration.
  • the third type C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration.
  • the fourth type C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration.
  • the fifth type C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
  • the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, for example, a first type: a common RRC resource configuration, that is, only a common RRC resource configuration is performed on the UE.
  • the second type C-RNTI configuration, that is, the first target cell reserves the C-RNTI only for the UE;
  • the third type the C-RNTI configuration and the air interface radio resource configuration, that is, the first target cell A C-RNTI and an air interface radio resource configuration are reserved for the UE;
  • a fourth type a C-RNTI configuration and a dedicated RACH resource configuration, that is, the first target cell reserves a C-RNTI and a dedicated RACH for the UE.
  • the fifth type the C-RNTI configuration, the air interface radio resource configuration, and the dedicated RACH resource configuration, that is, the first target cell reserves C-RNTI, air interface radio resource, and dedicated RACH resource for the UE.
  • the first target cell information may carry the specific content of the RRC resource configuration type, for example, a C-RNTI configuration, and may also carry only the code corresponding to the RRC resource configuration type, for example,
  • the RRC resource configured by the first target cell for the UE is the third type described above.
  • the automatic handover preparation request and the automatic handover preparation response message may be sent through an X2 interface, or may be sent through an S1 interface.
  • the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes at least one of a common RRC resource configuration information and a dedicated RRC resource configuration information, where the dedicated RRC resource configuration information includes at least the UE The C-RNTI in the first target cell.
  • the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE may be a public RRC resource configuration (Radio Resource Config Common) for the UE, or may be dedicated RRC only to the UE.
  • the resource configuration may also be a common RRC resource configuration and a dedicated RRC resource configuration for the UE.
  • the dedicated RRC resource includes at least a C-RNTI reserved by the first target cell for the UE.
  • the common RRC resource configuration information is used to transmit a system broadcast message of the target cell, where the dedicated RRC resource configuration information is used to indicate whether the first target cell successfully reserves a dedicated resource for the UE. If the first target cell successfully reserves the dedicated resource for the UE, the dedicated RRC resource configuration information may be further used to indicate that the first target cell is a dedicated resource configured by the UE.
  • the dedicated RRC resource configuration information may include a C-RNTI reserved by the first target cell for the UE, and may also include a dedicated RACH reserved for the UE in the first target cell. At least one of a resource and an air interface radio resource (eg, a physical layer dedicated channel resource, an air interface radio bearer resource).
  • the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resource, and a security parameter.
  • the manner in which the original base station sends the automatic handover configuration information to the UE includes any one of the following (i) and (ii): (i) from the S1 application protocol S1AP in the handover preparation response message.
  • the RRC transparent container Transparent Container field obtained in the X2AP field is sent to the UE by using an RRC message, where the Transparent Container field carries the RRC resource configuration information configured by the first target cell for the UE.
  • the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station to the original base station further carries the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
  • the at least one target base station may send the RRC resource configuration information to the original base station in a plurality of different manners.
  • the at least one target base station may put the RRC resource configured by the first target cell for the UE into the S1AP in the handover preparation response message by using an S1AP or X2AP field in the automatic handover preparation response message.
  • the X2AP field is sent to the original base station.
  • the original base station obtains the RRC resource configuration information configured by the first target cell for the UE from the S1AP or X2AP field of the automatic handover preparation response message after receiving the automatic handover preparation response message, and generates an RRC.
  • a message is sent to the UE.
  • the at least one target base station may also automatically switch the RRC transparent container field of the preparation response message, that is, the at least one target base station may put the RRC resource configuration of the first target cell to the UE in the automatic
  • the RRC transparent container field of the handover preparation response message is sent to the original base station.
  • the original base station receives the automatic handover preparation response message and sends an RRC transparent container field obtained from an S1AP or X2AP field of the automatic handover preparation response message to the UE by using an RRC message, where the RRC transparent container field
  • the RRC resource configuration information configured by the first target cell for the UE is carried in the RRC resource configuration information.
  • the at least one target base station may form an RRC message for the RRC resource configuration information configured for the UE in all the first target cells, and may also set the RRC resource of each first target cell.
  • the configurations are respectively configured to form an RRC message, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the at least one target base station may further send the automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station by using the combination of the foregoing two manners.
  • the at least one target base station may send the common RRC resource configuration information and the dedicated RRC resource configuration information in the S1AP or X2AP field in the automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station, and use other dedicated resources. (eg, dedicated RACH resources, air interface radio resources, etc.) are sent to the original base station in the RRC transparent container field in the automatic handover preparation response message.
  • the manner in which the original base station sends the automatic handover configuration information to the UE includes: sending, by the original base station, one or more of the following information to the UE by using an RRC reconfiguration message: the first target cell a C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell and the dedicated RACH resource in the cell identifier, the common RRC resource configuration information, and the dedicated RRC resource configuration information.
  • the automatic handover configuration information includes at least a cell identifier of the first target cell and a cell identifier of the second target cell.
  • the at least one target base station may instruct all cells or one or more target cells under the target base station to save context information of the UE according to the automatic handover preparation request.
  • the automatic handover configuration information sent to the UE carries the cell identifier of the second target cell that stores the UE context information.
  • the original base station may directly determine a second target cell that saves the UE context information according to the automatic handover preparation request. Specifically, the original base station determines that all cells subordinate to the target base station H are second target cells that successfully save the UE context information.
  • the context information of the UE includes one or more of the following: security capability information of the UE, access network security key information, E-RAB bearer information of the UE, and handover of the UE. a restriction list, RRC context information; wherein the RRC context information includes at least capability information of the UE.
  • the RRC context information further includes one or more of the following: an access layer configuration, a radio resource management configuration, and an access layer context, where the access layer context is included in the at least one target base station.
  • the method before the sending, by the original base station, the automatic handover configuration information to the UE, the method further includes: if the context information of the UE carries the access layer context, the original base station determines The re-establishment target cell in the access layer context is a second target cell that saves the UE context information.
  • the method before the sending, by the original base station, the automatic handover configuration information to the UE, the method further includes: if the context information of the UE carries the access layer context, the original The base station determines that the re-establishment target cell in the access layer context is a second target cell that stores context information of the UE. That is, in this embodiment, if the access layer context is carried in the context information of the UE, the original base station determines the second target cell according to the access layer context, that is, determining the location The re-establishment target cell in the access layer context is the second target cell.
  • the re-establishment information includes identity verification information (ShortMAC-I) of the UE in the re-establishment target cell and a key (KeNB) of the UE in the re-establishment target cell.
  • the re-establishment target cell includes the first target cell that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover, that is, the set of the first target cell is equal to the set of the re-establishment target cell.
  • the set of the first target cell is a subset of the set of re-established target cells.
  • the re-establishment target cell supports a PLMN service of the UE or the re-establishment target cell not only supports the PLMN service of the UE but does not belong to the UE handover restriction list. Indicated prohibited tracking area.
  • the original base station sends the UE information to the UE.
  • the automatically switched configuration information that is sent does not include the cell identifier and the RRC resource configuration of the first target cell, and only includes the cell identifier of the second target cell.
  • the UE receives the automatic handover configuration message, and may determine, according to the automatic handover configuration message, a target cell that needs to be handed over when automatic handover is required. A detailed description will be given below on how the UE performs automatic handover according to the automatic handover configuration message.
  • the UE If the first target cell (that is, the cell in which the RRC resource is configured for the UE) has a target cell that meets the first automatic handover condition of the UE (eg, the signal quality is greater than the first threshold), the UE A target cell that performs automatic handover is selected in the first target cell. If the first target cell does not have a target cell that meets the first automatic handover condition of the UE, the UE selects to perform in the second target cell (ie, a cell that stores context information of the UE) The target cell that is automatically switched. If the second target cell has a target cell that meets the second automatic handover condition of the UE (for example, the signal quality is greater than the second threshold), the UE selects a target for automatic handover from the second target cell. Community.
  • the UE selects to meet the third automatic handover condition in the cell that does not have the context information of the UE (for example, the signal quality is greater than the first
  • the three-threshold cell is used as the target cell for automatic handover.
  • the target cell that is automatically switched may be selected according to the RRC resource type. For example, if a plurality of first target cells satisfy the first automatic handover condition of the UE, and the RRC resource types configured for the UE are different, the UE selects according to the following high to low priority order.
  • a target cell that performs automatic switching a fifth type, a fourth type, a third type, a second type, and a first type. If the UE selects a cell from the first target cell as the target cell for automatic handover, the UE applies the RRC resource configuration of the target cell to the UE, and applies the parameter in the RRC resource configuration.
  • the protocol layer of the UE eg, PHY layer / MAC layer / RLC layer / PDCP layer / RRC layer.
  • the UE determines whether the signal quality of the cell in the second target cell satisfies a second threshold and determines that the signal quality satisfies the Whether the cell of the second threshold is a suitable cell of the UE. That is, the UE selects, in the second target cell, a cell whose signal quality satisfies a second threshold and is a suitable cell of the UE as a target cell for automatic handover.
  • the suitable cell of the UE is a cell that does not include a barred indication in the system broadcast message, supports a PLMN service of the UE or an equivalent PLMN (EPLMN), and the TA does not belong to the forbidden TA of the UE.
  • PLMN PLMN service of the UE
  • EPLMN equivalent PLMN
  • the UE determines whether the signal quality of the cell satisfies a third threshold and whether it is a suitable cell of the UE. That is, the condition that the UE selects the target cell for automatic handover in the cell that does not have the context information of the UE is that the signal quality of the cell satisfies a third threshold and the suitable cell of the UE.
  • the suitable cell of the UE is a cell that does not include a barred indication in the system broadcast message, supports a PLMN service of the UE or an equivalent PLMN (EPLMN), and the TA does not belong to the forbidden TA of the UE.
  • the first automatic switching condition, the second automatic switching condition, and the third automatic switching condition are configurations and measurements of the measurement report in the original base station by using a measurement configuration message.
  • the at least one of the object configurations is sent to the UE, and the first automatic switching condition, the second automatic switching condition, and the third automatic switching condition may be the same or different.
  • the third threshold is greater than or equal to The second threshold, the second threshold is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the UE After determining the target cell that needs to be accessed, the UE sends an access request to request access to the target cell, and the manner in which the UE requests access to the target cell is described in detail in combination with several different situations. .
  • the target cell that the UE determines to access is the cell in the first target cell
  • the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes a dedicated RRC resource configuration for the UE
  • the information (including at least C-RNTI)
  • the UE accesses the target cell through a random access procedure with C-RNTI and sends an automatic handover complete message to complete automatic handover.
  • the target cell successfully reserves the C-RNTI and the air interface radio resource (the physical layer dedicated channel resource and the air interface radio bearer resource)
  • the process and the traditional UE access the target cell
  • the automatic switching process is the same, as shown in FIG. 3, and details are not described herein again.
  • the UE sends an automatic handover complete message to the target cell, and the base station to which the target cell belongs may initiate the RRC after receiving the automatic handover complete message. And reconfiguring the message to configure the air interface radio resource of the UE in the target cell.
  • the target cell that needs to be accessed by the UE is a cell in the first target cell, but the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE does not include dedicated RRC resource configuration information for the UE ( At least the C-RNTI is included, or the target cell that the UE determines to access is the cell in the second target cell, and the UE accesses the target cell by using an initial random access procedure.
  • the UE sends an automatic handover request message to the base station to which the target cell belongs, where the UE carries the automatic handover request message.
  • the authentication information (Short MAC-I) of the UE.
  • the automatic handover request message is Only the identity verification message of the UE in the target cell may be carried.
  • the base station to which the target cell belongs compares the identity verification information of the UE with the identity verification information of the re-establishment information of the target cell in the context information of the UE, if And sending an automatic handover response message to the UE to notify the UE that the automatic handover is successful and apply the key in the re-establishment information for the target cell; otherwise, if the comparison is inconsistent, the automatic handover is sent to the UE.
  • the base station to which the target cell belongs may also initiate an RRC reconfiguration message after the automatic handover response message is sent to the UE, and configure the air interface radio resource of the target cell in the target cell. .
  • the UE accesses the target cell by using an initial random access procedure.
  • the base station to which the target cell belongs needs to obtain the context information of the UE from the original base station of the UE. Specifically, as shown in FIG.
  • the UE sends an automatic handover request message to the base station to which the target cell belongs, because the target cell does not have the context information of the UE,
  • the base station to which the target cell belongs acquires the C-RNTI of the original cell, the physical cell identifier of the original cell, and then sends a UE context request to the original base station of the UE to request the
  • the original base station acquires the context information of the UE, where the UE context request carries at least the identifier of the original base station and the identifier of the UE in the original cell.
  • the identifier of the UE in the original base station may be an X2AP identifier, a cell identifier of the UE in the original cell C-RNTI or an original cell (eg, a physical cell identifier or a cell global identifier ECGI (E-UTRAN cell global identifier)).
  • the base station to which the target cell belongs compares the identity verification information of the UE with the identity verification information of the re-establishment information of the target cell in the UE context, and if the comparison is consistent, sends an automatic handover response to the UE. And applying the key of the UE in the re-establishment information of the target cell. Otherwise, if the comparison is inconsistent, an automatic handover reject message is sent to the UE.
  • the base station to which the target cell belongs may also initiate an RRC reconfiguration message after the automatic handover response message is sent to the UE, and configure the air interface radio resource of the target cell in the target cell. .
  • the base station to which the target cell belongs is the original base station, after the base station to which the target cell belongs sends the automatic handover response message to the UE, regardless of the type of the target cell selected by the UE.
  • the base station sends an automatic handover indication message for instructing the original base station to start data forwarding.
  • the automatic handover indication message carries at least the identifier of the UE at the original base station. For example, the X2AP identifier described above, the UE in the original cell C-RNTI, or the cell identifier of the original cell, and the like.
  • the original base station accessed by the UE sends an automatic handover preparation request that carries at least one context information of the UE and target cell indication information to at least one target base station, where the target cell indication information is used.
  • the original base station receives an automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station; and if the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station includes the method of successfully accepting the UE for automatic handover
  • the target base station sends the automatic handover configuration information to the UE, where the automatic handover configuration information includes at least the cell identifier of the first target cell.
  • the original base station that the UE accesses can indicate that the target base station performs automatic handover admission control on the UE before the automatic handover, and indicates the cell that successfully performs automatic handover admission control on the UE to the UE, so that the UE can automatically
  • the target cell selection of the handover is optimized to reduce the handover delay.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of an automatic handover preparation method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the execution body of the automatic handover preparation method is a target base station. As shown in FIG. 6, the method includes the following steps S601-S603.
  • Step S601 The target base station receives an automatic handover preparation request that is sent by the original base station accessed by the user terminal UE and carries at least the context information of the UE and the target cell indication information.
  • Step S602 The target base station performs automatic handover admission control on the UE according to the target cell indication information, and the target base station saves the context of the UE in at least one second target cell according to the context information of the UE. information.
  • Step S603 The target base station sends an automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station, where the automatic handover preparation response message includes successfully configuring the UE if the target base station successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover. First target cell information of the RRC resource.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the target base station, that the UE is automatically switched and accepted in the at least one target cell. Whether the control is successful.
  • the target base station determines that the automatic handover admission control fails for the UE in the target cell: (1) the target cell does not support the The public land mobile network (PLMN) service of the UE; (2) the target cell supports the PLMN service of the UE but belongs to the forbidden tracking area of the UE handover restriction list forbidden TA; (3) the target cell cannot successfully accept Providing a lowest transmission rate to ensure an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer of a non-GBR type; (4) the target base station fails to reserve a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI for the UE in the target cell (5) The target base station reserves a dedicated random access channel RACH resource for the UE in the target cell and fails to reserve air interface radio resources.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • the first target cell information includes RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
  • the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE.
  • the RRC resource type includes a first type to a fifth type.
  • the first type public RRC resource configuration.
  • the second type cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI configuration.
  • the third type C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration.
  • the fourth type C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration.
  • the fifth type C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
  • the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes at least one of a common RRC resource configuration information and a dedicated RRC resource configuration information, where the dedicated RRC resource configuration information includes at least the UE The C-RNTI in the first target cell.
  • the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resource, and a security parameter.
  • the manner in which the target base station sends the automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station includes at least one of the following (1) and (2): (1) the first target cell is The RRC resource configured by the UE is sent to the original base station in an S1 application protocol S1AP or X2 application protocol X2AP field in the automatic handover preparation response message; and (2) the first target cell is the UE The configured RRC resource is sent to the original base station in an RRC transparent container Transparent Container field in the handover preparation response message.
  • the RRC resource configuration of the UE by the target base station according to the target cell indication information includes: if the target cell indication information includes a cell identifier of at least one cell under the target base station, The target base station performs automatic handover admission control on the UE in the at least one target cell; and if the target cell indication information does not include the cell identifier of the cell under the target base station, the target base station does not The UE performs automatic handover admission control.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 may be the target base station side embodiment corresponding to the embodiment shown in FIG. 1.
  • the related steps performed by the target base station may refer to the related description in the embodiment shown in FIG. I won't go into details here.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart diagram of an automatic handover preparation method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the execution body of the automatic handover preparation method is a UE. As shown in FIG. 7, the method includes the following steps S701-S702.
  • Step S701 The user terminal UE receives the automatic handover configuration information sent by the original base station.
  • Step S702 If the automatic handover configuration information includes at least a cell identifier of the first target cell that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover, the UE selects an automatically switched target cell according to the automatic handover configuration information.
  • the automatic handover configuration information further includes RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
  • the automatic handover configuration information includes a cell identifier of the first target cell and a cell identifier of a second target cell that saves the UE context information.
  • the target cell that is automatically switched according to the automatic handover configuration information including: the UE automatically selecting, according to the cell identifier of the first target cell and the cell identifier of the second target cell, in the automatic handover configuration information.
  • the target cell of the handover including: the UE automatically selecting, according to the cell identifier of the first target cell and the cell identifier of the second target cell, in the automatic handover configuration information.
  • the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes a first type to a fifth type.
  • the first type public RRC resource configuration.
  • the second type cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI configuration.
  • the third type C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration.
  • the fourth type C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration.
  • the fifth type C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
  • the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes at least one of a common RRC resource configuration information and a dedicated RRC resource configuration information, where the dedicated RRC resource configuration information includes at least the UE The C-RNTI in the first target cell.
  • the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resource, and a security parameter.
  • the method further includes: if the automatic handover configuration information does not include a cell identifier of a first target cell that successfully accepts the UE to perform automatic handover, and the automatic handover configuration information includes the second target cell The UE identifies the target cell that is automatically switched according to the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration information.
  • the step of the UE selecting an automatically switched target cell according to the automatic handover configuration information includes: the UE preferentially selecting the first target cell as a target cell for automatic handover.
  • the method further includes: if the first target cell is an RRC resource to the UE
  • the configuration information includes dedicated RRC resource configuration information for the UE, and the UE accesses the first target cell by using an automatic handover complete message to complete automatic handover; if the first target cell is used for the UE
  • the RRC resource configuration information does not include dedicated RRC resource configuration information for the UE, and the UE accesses by sending an automatic handover request message carrying at least the identity verification information of the UE in the first target cell.
  • the first target cell is an RRC resource to the UE
  • the configuration information includes dedicated RRC resource configuration information for the UE, and the UE accesses the first target cell by using an automatic handover complete message to complete automatic handover; if the first target cell is used for the UE
  • the RRC resource configuration information does not include dedicated RRC resource configuration information for the UE, and the UE accesses by sending an automatic handover request message carrying at least the identity verification information of the UE in the first target cell.
  • the step of the UE selecting an automatically switched target cell according to the cell identifier of the first target cell and the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration includes: the UE preferentially selecting the A target cell is used as the target cell for automatic handover; if the UE cannot select the first target cell as the target cell for automatic handover, the UE preferentially selects the second target cell as the target cell for automatic handover.
  • the method further includes: if the UE selects the second target cell as the target cell for automatic handover according to the automatic handover configuration information, the UE transmits the UE by using the An automatic handover request message of the identity verification information in the two target cells accesses the second target cell.
  • the step of the UE selecting an automatically switched target cell according to the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration information includes: the UE preferentially selecting the second target cell as an automatic handover Target cell.
  • FIG. 7 may be a UE side embodiment corresponding to the embodiment shown in FIG. 1.
  • the related steps performed by the UE may refer to the related description in the embodiment shown in FIG. Let me repeat.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic structural diagram of an original base station.
  • the original base station includes a first processor 800, a first transceiver 810, a first memory 820, a first user interface 830, and a first bus interface 840.
  • the first processor 800 is configured to read a program in the first memory 820, and perform the following process: sending, to the at least one target base station, context information of the UE that carries the access to the first base original base station, and a target cell An automatic handover preparation request indicating information, where the target cell indication information is used to indicate that the at least one target base station performs automatic handover admission control on the UE according to the target cell indication information, where context information of the UE is used.
  • the at least one target base station Instructing the at least one target base station to save context information of the UE in at least one second target cell; receiving an automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station; and transmitting automatic handover configuration information to the UE, where If the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station includes the first target cell information that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover, the automatic handover configuration information includes at least the cell identifier of the first target cell. .
  • the first bus interface 840 can include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by the first processor 800 and various circuits of the memory represented by the first memory 820. Linked together. The first bus interface 840 can also link various other circuits, such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, as is well known in the art, and therefore will not be further described herein. .
  • the first bus interface 840 provides an interface.
  • the first transceiver 810 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a transceiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
  • the first processor 800 is responsible for managing the first bus interface 840 and the usual processing, and the first memory 820 can store data used by the first processor 800 when performing operations.
  • the first target cell information includes RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
  • the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes a first type to a fifth type.
  • the first type public RRC resource configuration.
  • the second type cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI configuration.
  • the third type C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration.
  • the fourth type C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration.
  • the fifth type C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
  • the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes at least one of a common RRC resource configuration information and a dedicated RRC resource configuration information, where the dedicated RRC resource configuration information includes at least the UE The C-RNTI in the first target cell.
  • the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resource, and a security parameter.
  • the manner in which the first processor 800 sends the automatic handover configuration information to the UE includes at least one of the following (1) and (2): (1) from the automatic handover preparation response message.
  • the RRC transparent container Transparent Container field obtained in the S1AP or X2AP field of the response message is sent to the UE by using an RRC message, where the Transparent Container field carries the RRC resource configuration information configured by the first target cell for the UE.
  • the manner in which the first processor 800 sends the automatic handover configuration information to the UE includes: the processor 800 sends one or more of the following information to the UE by using an RRC reconfiguration message: a cell identifier of the first target cell, the common RRC resource configuration information, a C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell, and the dedicated RACH resource in the dedicated RRC resource configuration information.
  • the automatic handover configuration information includes at least a cell identifier of the first target cell and a cell identifier of the second target cell.
  • the context information of the UE includes one or more of the following: security capability information of the UE, access network security key information, E-RAB bearer information of the UE, and handover of the UE. a restriction list, RRC context information; wherein the RRC context information includes at least capability information of the UE.
  • the RRC context information further includes one or more of the following: an access layer configuration, a radio resource management configuration, and an access layer context, where the access layer context is included in the at least one target base station.
  • the method is further configured to: if the context information of the UE carries the access layer context, the original base station determines The re-establishment target cell in the access layer context is a second target cell that saves the UE context information.
  • the first processor 800 is further configured to send the automatic handover configuration information to the UE, where the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station does not include automatically receiving the UE for automatic And switching the first target cell information, where the automatic handover configuration information includes a cell identifier of the second target cell.
  • the original base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 may be the original base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 1. Any embodiment of the original base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 may be shown in FIG. The foregoing original base station in the embodiment is implemented, and the same beneficial effects are achieved, and details are not described herein again.
  • Figure 9 shows a structural entity diagram of the target base station.
  • the target base station includes a second processor 900, a second transceiver 910, a second memory 920, a second user interface 930, and a second bus interface 940.
  • the second processor 900 is configured to read the program and data in the second memory 920 to perform the following process: receiving, by the original base station accessed by the user equipment UE, at least the context information carrying the UE and the target cell indication information Automatically switching the preparation request; performing automatic handover admission control on the UE according to the target cell indication information, and saving context information of the UE in the at least one second target cell according to the context information of the UE;
  • the original base station sends an automatic handover preparation response message, wherein if the second base station successfully performs automatic handover admission control for the UE, the automatic handover preparation response message includes a first target that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover. Cell information.
  • the second bus interface 940 can include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, and in particular, various circuits of the memory represented by the one or more processors represented by the second processor 900 and the second memory 920. Linked together. The second bus interface 940 can also link various other circuits, such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, as is known in the art, and therefore will not be further described herein. .
  • the second bus interface 940 provides an interface.
  • the second transceiver 910 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
  • the second processor 900 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and normal processing, and the second memory 920 can store data used by the second processor 900 when performing operations.
  • the second processor 900 is responsible for managing the bus interface and the usual processing, and the second memory 920 can store data used by the second processor 900 when performing operations.
  • the second processor 900 is further configured to: determine whether the automatic handover admission control of the UE is successful in the at least one target cell. . If the target cell belongs to any one of the following (1)-(5), the processor determines that the automatic handover admission control fails for the UE in the target cell: (1) the target cell does not Supporting the public land mobile network PLMN service of the UE; (2) the target cell supports the PLMN service of the UE but belongs to the forbidden tracking area forbidden TA of the UE handover restriction list; (3) the target cell cannot succeed Accepting an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer that does not provide a minimum transmission rate guarantee non-GBR type; (4) the second base station reserves a cell radio network temporary identifier C for the UE in the target cell - RNTI fails; (5) the second base station reserves a dedicated random access channel RACH resource for the UE in the target cell and reserves air interface radio resources fails.
  • the first target cell information includes RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
  • the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes a first type to a fifth type.
  • the first type public RRC resource configuration.
  • the second type cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI configuration.
  • the third type C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration.
  • the fourth type C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration.
  • the fifth type C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
  • the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes at least one of a common RRC resource configuration information and a dedicated RRC resource configuration information, where the dedicated RRC resource configuration information includes at least the UE The C-RNTI in the first target cell.
  • the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resource, and a security parameter.
  • the manner in which the second processor 900 sends the automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station includes at least one of the following (1) and (2): (1) the first target The RRC resource configured by the cell for the UE is sent to the original base station in an S1 application protocol S1AP or X2 application protocol X2AP field in the automatic handover preparation response message; and (2) the first target cell is The RRC resource configured by the UE is sent to the original base station in an RRC transparent container Transparent Container field in the handover preparation response message.
  • the step of the RRC resource configuration on the UE by the second processor 900 according to the target cell indication information includes: if the target cell indication information includes a cell of at least one cell under the target base station And the processor performs automatic handover admission control on the UE in the at least one target cell; and if the target cell indication information does not include a cell identifier of a cell under the target base station, The processor does not perform automatic handover admission control on the UE.
  • target base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 can be the target base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, and any implementation manner of the target base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 can be implemented as shown in FIG.
  • the target base station in the example is implemented, and achieves the same beneficial effects, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the UE includes a third processor 1000, a third transceiver 1010, a third memory 1020, a third user interface 1030, and a third bus interface 1040.
  • the third processor 1000 is configured to read a program in the third memory 1020, and perform the following process: receiving automatic switching configuration information sent by the source original base station; and if the automatic switching configuration information includes at least successfully receiving the UE for automatic switching The cell identifier of the first target cell is selected according to the automatic handover configuration information, and the target cell that is automatically switched is selected.
  • the third transceiver 1010 is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the third processor 1000.
  • the third bus interface 1040 can include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, in particular the various circuits of the memory represented by the one or more processors represented by the third processor 1000 and the third memory 1020. together.
  • the third bus interface 1040 can also link various other circuits, such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, as is well known in the art, and therefore will not be further described herein.
  • the third bus interface 1040 provides an interface.
  • the third transceiver 1010 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
  • the third user interface 1030 may also be an interface capable of externally connecting the required devices, including but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
  • the third processor 1000 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and normal processing, and the third memory 1020 can store data used by the third processor 1000 when performing operations.
  • the automatic handover configuration information further includes RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
  • the automatic handover configuration information includes a cell identifier of the first target cell and a cell identifier of a second target cell that saves the UE context information.
  • the third processor 1000 selects the target cell that is automatically switched according to the automatic handover configuration information, including: selecting, according to the cell identifier of the first target cell and the cell identifier of the second target cell, in the automatic handover configuration information. The target cell that is automatically switched.
  • the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes a first type to a fifth type.
  • the first type public RRC resource configuration.
  • the second type cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI configuration.
  • the third type C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration.
  • the fourth type C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration.
  • the fifth type C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
  • the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes at least one of a common RRC resource configuration information and a dedicated RRC resource configuration information, where the dedicated RRC resource configuration information includes at least the UE The C-RNTI in the first target cell.
  • the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resource, and a security parameter.
  • the third processor 1000 is further configured to: if the automatic handover configuration information does not include a cell identifier of a first target cell that successfully accepts the UE to perform automatic handover, and the automatic handover configuration information includes And determining, by the cell identifier of the second target cell, the target cell that is automatically switched according to the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration information.
  • the step of the third processor 1000 selecting the target cell that is automatically switched according to the automatic handover configuration information includes: preferentially selecting the first target cell as a target cell for automatic handover.
  • the third processor 1000 selects the first target cell as the target cell for automatic handover according to the automatic handover configuration information, and is further configured to: if the first target cell uses the RRC resource of the UE
  • the configuration information includes dedicated RRC resource configuration information for the UE, where the third processor accesses the first target cell by sending an automatic handover complete message to complete automatic handover; and if the first target cell pair
  • the RRC resource configuration information of the UE does not include the dedicated RRC resource configuration information for the UE, and the processor automatically transmits the identity verification information that carries at least the UE in the first target cell.
  • the request message accesses the first target cell.
  • the step that the third processor 1000 selects the automatically switched target cell according to the cell identifier of the first target cell and the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration includes: preferentially selecting the The first target cell is used as the target cell for automatic handover. If the third processor cannot select the first target cell as the target cell for automatic handover, the second target cell is preferentially selected as the target cell for automatic handover.
  • the third processor 1000 is further configured to: if the third processor selects the second target cell as the target cell for automatic handover according to the automatic handover configuration information, An automatic handover request message of the identity verification information of the UE in the second target cell accesses the second target cell.
  • the step of the third processor 1000 selecting an automatically switched target cell according to the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration information includes: preferentially selecting the second target cell as an automatic handover Target cell.
  • the foregoing UE in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 may be the UE in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7. Any embodiment of the UE in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 may be the foregoing in the embodiment.
  • the UE implements and achieves the same beneficial effects, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of an original base station.
  • the original base station includes: a first sending module 1101, configured to send, to the at least one target base station, an automatic handover preparation request that carries at least the context information of the user terminal UE that accesses the original base station and the target cell indication information, where The target cell indication information is used to indicate that the at least one target base station performs automatic handover admission control on the UE according to the target cell indication information, where context information of the UE is used to indicate that the at least one target base station is in at least one second Storing the context information of the UE in the target cell; the first receiving module 1102 is configured to receive an automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station; and the first determining module 1103 is configured to determine the at least one target base station Whether the sent automatic handover preparation response message includes the first target cell information that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover, where the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station includes the first to successfully accept
  • the first target cell information includes RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
  • the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes a first type to a fifth type.
  • the first type public RRC resource configuration.
  • the second type cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI configuration.
  • the third type C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration.
  • the fourth type C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration.
  • the fifth type C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
  • the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes at least one of a common RRC resource configuration information and a dedicated RRC resource configuration information, where the dedicated RRC resource configuration information includes at least the UE The C-RNTI in the first target cell.
  • the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resource, and a security parameter.
  • the manner in which the first sending module 1101 sends the automatic handover configuration information to the UE includes at least one of the following (1) and (2): (1) from the automatic handover preparation response message.
  • the RRC transparent container Transparent Container field obtained in the S1AP or X2AP field of the response message is sent to the UE by using an RRC message, where the Transparent Container field carries the RRC resource configuration information configured by the first target cell for the UE.
  • the first sending module 1101 sends the automatic switching configuration information to the UE, where the first sending module 1101 sends one or more of the following information to the UE by using an RRC reconfiguration message: a cell identifier of the first target cell, the common RRC resource configuration information, and a C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell and the dedicated RACH resource in the dedicated RRC resource configuration information.
  • the automatic handover configuration information includes at least a cell identifier of the first target cell and a cell identifier of the second target cell.
  • the context information of the UE includes one or more of the following: security capability information of the UE, access network security key information, E-RAB bearer information of the UE, and handover of the UE. a restriction list, RRC context information; wherein the RRC context information includes at least capability information of the UE.
  • the RRC context information further includes one or more of the following: an access layer configuration, a radio resource management configuration, and an access layer context, where the access layer context is included in the at least one target base station.
  • the first determining module 1103 is further configured to: if the context information of the UE carries the access layer context And determining, by the re-establishment target cell in the access layer context, a second target cell that saves the UE context information.
  • the first sending module 1101 is further configured to send the automatic handover configuration information to the UE, where the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station does not include automatically receiving the UE for automatic
  • the first target cell information that is switched, the automatic handover configuration information includes a cell identifier of the second target cell.
  • the original base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 may be the original base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 1. Any embodiment of the original base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 may be shown in FIG. The foregoing original base station in the embodiment is implemented, and the same beneficial effects are achieved, and details are not described herein again.
  • Figure 12 shows a structural entity diagram of a target base station.
  • the target base station includes: a second receiving module 1201, configured to receive an automatic handover preparation request that is sent by the original base station that is accessed by the user terminal UE and that carries the context information of the UE and the target cell indication information; the first configuration module 1202, The first saving module 1203 is configured to save the context information of the UE in the at least one second target cell according to the context information of the UE, where the UE performs automatic handover admission control according to the target cell indication information.
  • the second sending module 1204 is configured to send an automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station, where the automatic handover preparation response message includes successfully accepting the automatic handover request response message if the target base station successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover.
  • the UE performs first target cell information that is automatically switched.
  • the target base station further includes a second determining module 1205.
  • the second determining module 1205 is configured to: before the second sending module 1204 sends the automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station, determine to perform automatic handover admission control on the UE in the at least one target cell. whether succeed.
  • the second determining module 1205 determines that the automatic handover admission control fails for the UE in the target cell: (1) The target cell does not support the public land mobile network PLMN service of the UE; (2) the target cell supports the PLMN service of the UE but belongs to the forbidden tracking area of the UE handover restriction list forbidden TA; (3) the target The cell cannot successfully accept the evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer that does not provide the lowest transmission rate guarantee non-GBR type; (4) the second base station reserves the cell radio network temporary for the UE in the target cell The C-RNTI fails to be identified; (5) the second base station reserves a dedicated random access channel RACH resource for the UE in the target cell and fails to reserve air interface radio resources.
  • the first target cell information includes RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
  • the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes a first type to a fifth type.
  • the first type public RRC resource configuration.
  • the second type cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI configuration.
  • the third type C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration.
  • the fourth type C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration.
  • the fifth type C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
  • the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes at least one of a common RRC resource configuration information and a dedicated RRC resource configuration information, where the dedicated RRC resource configuration information includes at least the UE The C-RNTI in the first target cell.
  • the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resource, and a security parameter.
  • the manner in which the second sending module 1204 sends the automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station includes at least one of the following (1) and (2): (1) the first target The RRC resource configured by the cell for the UE is sent to the original base station in an S1 application protocol S1AP or X2 application protocol X2AP field in the automatic handover preparation response message; and (2) the first target cell is The RRC resource configured by the UE is sent to the original base station in an RRC transparent container Transparent Container field in the handover preparation response message.
  • the first configuration module 1202 performs automatic handover admission control on the UE according to the target cell indication information, including: if the target cell indication information includes a cell identifier of at least one cell under the target base station The first configuration module 1202 performs automatic handover admission control on the UE in the at least one target cell; and if the target cell indication information does not include the cell identifier of the cell under the target base station, The first configuration module 1202 does not perform automatic handover admission control on the UE.
  • target base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 can be the target base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, and any implementation manner of the target base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 can be implemented as shown in FIG.
  • the target base station in the example is implemented, and achieves the same beneficial effects, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the UE includes: a third receiving module 1301 configured to receive automatic switching configuration information sent by the original base station; and a third determining module 1302 configured to determine whether the automatic switching configuration information includes successfully receiving the The cell identifier of the first target cell that is automatically switched by the UE; and the first selecting module 1303, configured to: when the automatic handover configuration information includes the cell identifier of the first target cell that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover And selecting, according to the automatic switching configuration information, a target cell that is automatically switched.
  • the automatic handover configuration information further includes RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
  • the automatic handover configuration information includes a cell identifier of the first target cell and a cell identifier of a second target cell that saves the UE context information.
  • the first selection module 1303 selects a target cell that is automatically switched according to the automatic handover configuration information, and includes: the first selection module 1303, according to the cell identifier of the first target cell in the automatic handover configuration information, and the The cell identifier of the two target cells selects the target cell that is automatically switched.
  • the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes a first type to a fifth type.
  • the first type public RRC resource configuration.
  • the second type cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI configuration.
  • the third type C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration.
  • the fourth type C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration.
  • the fifth type C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
  • the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes at least one of a common RRC resource configuration information and a dedicated RRC resource configuration information, where the dedicated RRC resource configuration information includes at least the UE The C-RNTI in the first target cell.
  • the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resource, and a security parameter.
  • the first selection module 1303 is further configured to: if the automatic handover configuration information does not include a cell identifier of a first target cell that successfully accepts the UE to perform automatic handover, and the automatic handover configuration information includes And determining, by the cell identifier of the second target cell, the target cell that is automatically switched according to the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration information.
  • the first selection module 1303 is further configured to preferentially select the first target cell as a target cell for automatic handover.
  • the user terminal further includes a first access module 1304, where the first access module 1304 is configured to: if the first target cell includes the pair of UEs in the RRC resource configuration information of the UE And the dedicated RRC resource configuration information is used to access the first target cell by using an automatic handover complete message to complete the automatic handover; and if the first target cell does not include the RRC resource configuration information of the UE
  • the dedicated RRC resource configuration information of the UE accesses the first target cell by sending an automatic handover request message carrying at least the identity verification information of the UE in the first target cell.
  • the first selection module 1303 is further configured to: preferentially select the first target cell as a target cell for automatic handover, and if the first target cell cannot be selected as a target cell for automatic handover, preferentially select The second target cell is used as a target cell for automatic handover.
  • the first access module 1304 is further configured to: if the first selection module 1303 selects the second target cell as the target cell for automatic handover according to the automatic handover configuration information, An automatic handover request message of the identity verification information of the UE in the second target cell accesses the second target cell.
  • the first selection module 1303 is further configured to: preferentially select the second target cell as a target cell for automatic handover.
  • the foregoing UE in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 may be the UE in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7. Any embodiment of the UE in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 may be the foregoing in the embodiment.
  • the UE implements and achieves the same beneficial effects, and details are not described herein again.
  • the original base station accessed by the user terminal UE transmits, to the at least one target base station, an automatic handover preparation request that carries at least the context information of the UE and the target cell indication information, where the target cell indication
  • the information is used to indicate that the at least one target base station performs automatic handover admission control on the UE according to the target cell indication information, where context information of the UE is used to indicate that the at least one target base station is in at least one second target cell.
  • the original base station And storing, by the original base station, an automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station; if the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station includes successfully receiving the UE for automatic And the original base station sends the automatic handover configuration information to the UE, where the automatic handover configuration information includes at least the cell identifier of the first target cell.
  • the original base station that the UE accesses can indicate that the target base station performs automatic handover admission control on the UE before the automatic handover, and the cell that successfully accepts the UE to perform automatic handover is indicated to the UE, so that the UE can automatically switch.
  • the target cell selection is optimized to reduce the handover delay.
  • the disclosed method and apparatus may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
  • each functional unit in various embodiments of the present disclosure may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may be physically included separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of hardware plus software functional units.
  • system and “network” are used interchangeably herein.
  • B corresponding to A means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined from A.
  • determining B from A does not mean that B is determined solely from A, and that B can also be determined based on and/or other information.
  • the disclosed apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • each functional unit in various embodiments of the present disclosure may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product. Based on such understanding, a portion of the technical solution of the present disclosure that contributes in essence or to the related art or a part of the technical solution may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium, including several The instructions are for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes.
  • An embodiment of the present disclosure provides an A1, a handover preparation method, where the method includes: the original base station accessed by the user equipment UE transmits, to the at least one target base station, context information carrying at least the UE and a target cell.
  • An automatic handover preparation request indicating information where the target cell indication information is used to indicate that the at least one target base station performs radio resource control RRC resource configuration on the UE according to the target cell indication information, and context information of the UE And indicating that the at least one target base station saves context information of the UE in the at least one second target cell;
  • the original base station receives an automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station; if the at least one target The automatic handover preparation response message sent by the base station includes first target cell information for successfully configuring the RRC resource for the UE, and the original base station sends automatic handover configuration information to the UE, where the automatic handover configuration information includes at least the foregoing The cell identity of a target cell.
  • A2 The method of A1, wherein the first target cell information comprises RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
  • the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes: a first type: a public RRC resource. Configuration; second type: cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI configuration; third type: C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration; fourth type: C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration; Five types: C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
  • the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes common RRC resource configuration information and/or dedicated RRC resource configuration information, and the dedicated RRC resource configuration information. At least the C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell is included.
  • the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resource, Safety parameters.
  • any one of A2 to A5, wherein the manner in which the original base station sends automatic handover configuration information to the UE includes: from an S1 application protocol S1AP in the automatic handover preparation response message or Acquiring RRC resource configuration information configured by the first target cell for the UE, and generating an RRC message to be sent to the UE; and/or S1AP or X2AP that will automatically prepare a preparation response message from the X2 application protocol X2AP field
  • the RRC transparent container Transparent Container field obtained in the field is sent to the UE by using an RRC message, where the Transparent Container field carries an RRC message that the first target cell is the RRC resource configuration information configured by the UE.
  • a method according to A5, wherein the method for the original base station to send the automatic handover configuration information to the UE includes: the original base station passing the one or more of the following information in the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the mobility control information element Mobility Control Info is sent to the UE: the cell identifier of the first target cell, the common RRC resource configuration information, and the UE in the dedicated RRC resource configuration information is in the first target C-RNTI in the cell, the dedicated RACH resource.
  • the automatic handover configuration information includes a cell identifier of the first target cell and a cell identifier of the second target cell.
  • the context information of the UE comprises one or more of the following: security capability information of the UE, access network security key information, E- of the UE The RAB bearer information, the handover restriction list of the UE, and the RRC context information; wherein the RRC context information includes at least capability information of the UE.
  • the RRC context information further includes one or more of the following: an access layer configuration, a radio resource management configuration, and an access layer context; wherein the access layer The context includes re-establishment information for the UE for at least one re-establishment target cell under each of the at least one target base station.
  • the method further comprises: if the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station does not include the first target cell information that is configured to successfully configure the RRC resource for the UE And the original base station sends automatic handover configuration information to the UE, where the automatic handover configuration information includes a cell identifier of the second target cell.
  • a handover preparation method includes: the target base station receives an automatic handover preparation request that is sent by the original base station that is accessed by the user terminal UE, and that carries at least the context information of the UE and the target cell indication information;
  • the target base station performs radio resource control RRC resource configuration on the UE according to the target cell indication information, and the target base station saves context information of the UE in at least one second target cell according to the context information of the UE.
  • the target base station sends an automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station, and if the target base station successfully performs RRC resource configuration for the UE, the automatic handover preparation response message includes successfully configuring RRC resources for the UE.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the target base station, the at least one target cell Whether the RRC resource configuration is successful for the UE; wherein, if the target cell belongs to any of the following conditions, the target base station determines that the RRC resource configuration fails for the UE in the target cell: the target cell does not support The public land mobile network PLMN service of the UE; or the target cell supports the PLMN service of the UE but belongs to the forbidden tracking area forbidden TA of the UE handover restriction list; or the target cell cannot successfully accept the lowest provided
  • the transmission rate guarantees that the evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer of the non-GBR type; or the target base station fails to reserve the cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI for the UE in the target cell; or the target base station Reserving a dedicated random access channel RACH resource for the UE in the target cell and reserving the air interface radio resource fails.
  • the first target cell information includes RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
  • the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes: a first type: a public RRC resource Configuration; second type: cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI configuration; third type: C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration; fourth type: C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration; Five types: C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
  • the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes common RRC resource configuration information and/or dedicated RRC resource configuration information, and the dedicated RRC resource configuration information. At least the C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell is included.
  • the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resource, Safety parameters.
  • any one of B15 to B18, wherein the method for the target base station to send the automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station comprises: using the first target cell as the UE
  • the configured RRC resource is sent to the original base station in an S1 application protocol S1AP or X2 application protocol X2AP field in the automatic handover preparation response message; and/or an RRC configured by the first target cell as the UE
  • the resource is encapsulated into an RRC message and sent to the original base station in an RRC transparent container Transparent Container field in the handover preparation response message.
  • the step of performing RRC resource configuration on the UE by the target base station according to the target cell indication information includes: if the target cell indication information includes the target base station The cell identifier of the at least one cell, the target base station performs RRC resource configuration on the UE in the at least one target cell; if the target cell indication information does not include the cell identifier of the cell under the target base station, The target base station does not perform RRC resource configuration on the UE.
  • a handover preparation method where the method includes: the user terminal UE receives the automatic handover configuration information sent by the original base station; and if the automatic handover configuration information includes at least successfully configuring the radio resource control RRC resource for the UE The cell identifier of the first target cell, and the UE selects the target cell that is automatically switched according to the automatic handover configuration information.
  • the automatic handover configuration information further includes RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
  • the automatic handover configuration information includes a cell identifier of the first target cell and a cell identifier of a second target cell that saves the UE context information; Selecting the target cell for automatic handover according to the automatic handover configuration information, including: the UE selecting an automatic handover target according to the cell identifier of the first target cell and the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration information Community.
  • the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes: a first type: a public RRC resource. Configuration; second type: cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI configuration; third type: C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration; fourth type: C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration; Five types: C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
  • the method of C22 wherein the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes common RRC resource configuration information and/or dedicated RRC resource configuration information, and the dedicated RRC resource configuration information. At least the C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell is included.
  • the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resource, Safety parameters.
  • the method of C21 wherein the method further comprises: if the automatic handover configuration information does not include a cell identifier of a first target cell that successfully configures an RRC resource for the UE, and the automatic handover The configuration information includes a cell identifier of the second target cell, and the UE selects an automatically switched target cell according to the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration information.
  • step of the UE selecting the automatically switched target cell according to the automatic handover configuration information comprises: the UE preferentially selecting the first target cell as a target cell for automatic handover.
  • the method of C22 wherein, if the UE selects the first target cell as the target cell for automatic handover according to the automatic handover configuration information, the method further includes: if the first target The RRC resource configuration information of the UE to the UE includes the C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell, and the UE accesses the first target cell by sending an automatic handover complete message to complete automatic handover;
  • the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE does not include the C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell, and the UE transmits at least the UE in the first target by sending An automatic handover request message of the identity verification information in the cell accesses the first target cell.
  • the method of C23 wherein the step of selecting, by the UE, the automatically switched target cell according to the cell identifier of the first target cell and the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration comprises: The UE preferentially selects the first target cell as a target cell for automatic handover, and if the UE cannot select the first target cell as a target cell for automatic handover, the UE preferentially selects the second target cell. As the target cell for automatic handover.
  • the method of C23 or C27 wherein the method further comprises: if the UE selects the second target cell as a target cell for automatic handover according to the automatic handover configuration information, the UE passes And sending an automatic handover request message carrying the identity verification information of the UE in the second target cell to access the second target cell.
  • step of the UE selecting an automatically switched target cell according to the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration information comprises: the UE preferentially selecting a location
  • the second target cell is used as a target cell for automatic handover.
  • a first base station where the first base station is an original base station, where the first base station includes a processor, a transceiver, a memory, a user interface, and a network interface, where the processor is configured to: at least one The target base station sends an automatic handover preparation request that carries at least the context information of the UE that accesses the first base station and the target cell indication information, where the target cell indication information is used to indicate that the at least one target base station is configured according to the The target cell indication information is used to perform radio resource control RRC resource configuration on the UE, and the context information of the UE is used to indicate that the at least one target base station saves context information of the UE in at least one second target cell; An automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station; and the automatic handover configuration information is sent to the UE, where the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station includes successfully configuring the RRC resource for the UE.
  • the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes: a first type: a public RRC resource configuration; second type: cell radio network temporary identity C-RNTI configuration; third type: C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration; fourth type: C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration; And the fifth type: C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
  • the configuration information includes at least a C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell.
  • the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, and an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer. Resources, security parameters.
  • the first base station according to any one of D34 to D37, wherein the manner in which the processor sends the automatic handover configuration information to the UE comprises: an S1 application protocol in the automatic handover preparation response message. Acquiring RRC resource configuration information configured by the first target cell for the UE in an S1AP or X2 application protocol X2AP field, and generating an RRC message to be sent to the UE; and/or an S1AP that will automatically prepare a preparation response message from the handover Or the RRC transparent container Transparent Container field obtained in the X2AP field is sent to the UE by using an RRC message, where the Transparent Container field carries an RRC message that the first target cell is the RRC resource configuration information configured by the UE.
  • the first base station according to D37, wherein the manner in which the processor sends the automatic handover configuration information to the UE comprises: the processor adopting one or more of the following information to pass the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the mobility control information unit Mobility Control Info is sent to the UE: the cell identifier of the first target cell, the common RRC resource configuration information, and the UE in the dedicated RRC resource configuration information is in the a C-RNTI in a target cell, the dedicated RACH resource.
  • the context information of the UE includes one or more of the following: security capability information of the UE, access network security key information, and the UE E-RAB bearer information, a handover restriction list of the UE, and RRC context information; wherein the RRC context information includes at least capability information of the UE.
  • the first base station according to D41 wherein the RRC context information further includes one or more of the following: an access layer configuration, a radio resource management configuration, and an access layer context; wherein the The inbound layer context includes re-establishment information for the UE for at least one re-establishment target cell under each of the at least one target base station.
  • the first base station according to D42 wherein, before the sending the automatic handover configuration information to the UE, the processor is further configured to: if the context information of the UE carries the access layer context And the original base station determines that the re-establishment target cell in the access layer context is a second target cell that saves the UE context information.
  • the first base station according to D33, wherein the processor is further configured to: send automatic handover configuration information to the UE, where, if the at least one target base station sends an automatic handover preparation response message, The first target cell information that successfully configures the RRC resource for the UE is not included, and the automatic handover configuration information includes a cell identifier of the second target cell.
  • a second base station where the second base station is a target base station, where the second base station includes a processor, a transceiver, a memory, a user interface, and a network interface, where the processor is configured to: receive a user terminal.
  • An automatic handover preparation request that carries the context information of the UE and the target cell indication information that is sent by the original base station that is accessed by the UE; performs radio resource control RRC resource configuration on the UE according to the target cell indication information, and The context information of the UE is used to store the context information of the UE in the at least one second target cell; the automatic handover preparation response message is sent to the original base station, and if the second base station successfully performs RRC resource configuration for the UE, The automatic handover preparation response message includes first target cell information that successfully configures the RRC resource for the UE.
  • the second base station wherein before the sending, by the processor, the automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station, the method is further configured to: determine, in the at least one target cell, the Whether the RRC resource configuration is successful by the UE; wherein, if the target cell belongs to any of the following conditions, the processor determines that the RRC resource configuration fails to be performed on the UE in the target cell: the target cell does not support the UE Public land mobile network PLMN service; or the target cell supports the PLMN service of the UE but belongs to the forbidden tracking area forbidden TA of the UE handover restriction list; or the target cell cannot successfully accept the lowest transmission rate guarantee non
  • the evolved radio access of the GBR type carries the E-RAB bearer; or the second base station fails to reserve the cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI for the UE in the target cell; or the second base station is in the In the target cell, the dedicated random access channel RACH resource is reserved for the UE, and the air interface radio resource is reserved.
  • the RRC resource configuration information includes: the RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, where the RRC resource type includes: a first type: public RRC resource configuration; second type: cell radio network temporary identity C-RNTI configuration; third type: C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration; fourth type: C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration; And the fifth type: C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
  • the second base station wherein the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes common RRC resource configuration information and/or dedicated RRC resource configuration information, and the dedicated RRC resource
  • the configuration information includes at least a C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell.
  • the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, and an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer. Resources, security parameters.
  • the second base station according to any one of E47 to E50, wherein the method for the processor to send the automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station comprises: using the first target cell as a location
  • the RRC resource configured by the UE is sent to the original base station in an S1 application protocol S1AP or X2 application protocol X2AP field in the automatic handover preparation response message; and/or the first target cell is configured for the UE
  • the RRC resource is encapsulated into an RRC message and sent to the original base station in an RRC transparent container Transparent Container field in the handover preparation response message.
  • the second base station according to E45 wherein the step of performing RRC resource configuration on the UE according to the target cell indication information includes: if the target cell indication information includes the target a cell identifier of the at least one cell in the base station, where the processor performs RRC resource configuration on the UE in the at least one target cell; if the target cell indication information does not include the cell identifier of the cell under the target base station The processor does not perform RRC resource configuration on the UE.
  • a user terminal UE the UE includes a processor, a transceiver, a memory, a user interface, and a network interface, where the processor is configured to: receive automatic switching configuration information sent by the original base station;
  • the automatic handover configuration information includes at least a cell identifier of a first target cell that successfully configures a radio resource control RRC resource for the UE, and selects a target cell that is automatically switched according to the automatic handover configuration information.
  • the automatic handover configuration information further includes RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
  • the UE according to F53 or F54 wherein the automatic handover configuration information includes a cell identifier of the first target cell and a cell identifier of a second target cell that saves the UE context information;
  • the selecting the target cell for automatic handover according to the automatic handover configuration information includes: selecting, according to the cell identifier of the first target cell and the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration information, an automatically switched target cell.
  • the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes: a first type: a public RRC resource. Configuration; second type: cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI configuration; third type: C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration; fourth type: C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration; Five types: C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
  • the UE according to the F54 wherein the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes common RRC resource configuration information and/or dedicated RRC resource configuration information, and the dedicated RRC resource configuration information. At least the C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell is included.
  • the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resource, Safety parameters.
  • the UE of the F53 wherein the processor is further configured to: if the automatic handover configuration information does not include a cell identifier of a first target cell that successfully configures an RRC resource for the UE, and The automatic handover configuration information includes a cell identifier of the second target cell, and the target cell that is automatically switched is selected according to the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration information.
  • step of selecting, by the processor, the automatically switched target cell according to the automatic handover configuration information comprises: preferentially selecting the first target cell as a target cell for automatic handover.
  • the UE according to F54 wherein the processor selects the first target cell as a target cell for automatic handover according to the automatic handover configuration information, and is further configured to: if the first target cell pair
  • the RRC resource configuration information of the UE includes a C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell, and the processor accesses the first target cell by sending an automatic handover complete message to complete automatic handover;
  • the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE does not include the C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell, and the processor transmits at least the UE in the first target by sending An automatic handover request message of the identity verification information in the cell accesses the first target cell.
  • the UE according to F55 wherein the step of selecting, by the processor, the automatically switched target cell according to the cell identifier of the first target cell and the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration
  • the method includes: preferentially selecting the first target cell as a target cell for automatic handover, and if the processor cannot select the first target cell as a target cell for automatic handover, preferentially selecting the second target cell as an automatic handover Target cell.
  • the UE according to F55 or F59 wherein the processor is further configured to: if the processor selects the second target cell as a target cell for automatic handover according to the automatic handover configuration information, And sending an automatic handover request message carrying the identity verification information of the UE in the second target cell to access the second target cell.
  • the UE of the F59 wherein the step of selecting, by the processor, the automatically switched target cell according to the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration information comprises: preferentially selecting the The two target cells serve as target cells for automatic handover.

Abstract

Provided are a handover preparation method, a base station and a user equipment (UE), wherein the method comprises: an original base station accessed by a UE sending an automatic handover preparation request carrying UE context information and target cell indication information to at least one target base station, wherein the at least one target base station carrying out, according to the target cell indication information, automatic handover admission control; the original base station receiving automatic handover preparation response information sent by the at least one target base station; and if the automatic handover preparation response information sent by the at least one target base station comprises first target cell information successfully admitting the UE to carry out automatic handover, then the original base station sending automatic handover configuration information to the UE, wherein the automatic handover configuration information at least comprises a cell identification of a first target cell.

Description

切换准备方法、基站及用户终端Switch preparation method, base station and user terminal
相关申请的交叉引用Cross-reference to related applications
本申请主张在2017年2月23日在中国提交的中国专利申请号No.201710100937.X的优先权,其全部内容通过引用包含于此。The present application claims priority to Chinese Patent Application No. 201710100937.X filed on Jan. 23, 2017, the entire content of
技术领域Technical field
本公开涉及通信技术领域,特别涉及一种切换准备方法、基站及用户终端(UE(User Equipment))。The present disclosure relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a handover preparation method, a base station, and a user equipment (UE (User Equipment)).
背景技术Background technique
MulteFire是一种将LTE(Long Term Evolution,长期演进)扩展到非授权频段的无线接入技术。该技术中,非授权频段载波可以不借助授权频段载波独立提供服务。MulteFire系统支持用户终端(UE)的自动切换,即UE检测到当前接入小区和邻小区的信道质量满足切换条件时可以自动向目标小区发起随机接入来接入目标小区,而不用在接收到当前接入小区的切换命令后才进行切换。MulteFire is a wireless access technology that extends LTE (Long Term Evolution) to unlicensed bands. In this technique, unlicensed band carriers can provide services independently without the aid of a licensed band carrier. The MulteFire system supports automatic handover of a user terminal (UE), that is, when the UE detects that the channel quality of the current access cell and the neighboring cell meets the handover condition, the UE can automatically initiate random access to the target cell to access the target cell, without receiving The handover is performed only after the handover command of the current cell is accessed.
然而,在相关的自动切换方案中,UE无法获知目标小区对UE的RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线资源控制)资源配置情况,从而容易影响切换效率。However, in the related automatic handover scheme, the UE cannot know the RRC (Radio Resource Control) resource configuration of the target cell to the UE, thereby easily affecting the handover efficiency.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本公开的实施例提供一种切换准备方法、基站和用户终端(UE)。Embodiments of the present disclosure provide a handover preparation method, a base station, and a user terminal (UE).
依据本公开的第一方面,提供了一种切换准备方法,所述方法包括:用户终端UE接入的原基站向至少一个目标基站发送至少携带有所述UE的上下文信息以及目标小区指示信息的自动切换准备请求,其中,所述目标小区指示信息用于指示所述至少一个目标基站根据所述目标小区指示信息对所述UE进行无线资源控制RRC资源配置,所述UE的上下文信息用于指示所述至少一个目标基站在至少一个第二目标小区中保存所述UE的上下文信息; 所述原基站接收所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息;以及若所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区信息,则所述原基站向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息,所述自动切换配置信息至少包括所述第一目标小区的小区标识。According to a first aspect of the present disclosure, a handover preparation method is provided. The method includes: an original base station accessed by a user terminal UE transmitting, to at least one target base station, context information carrying at least the UE and target cell indication information. An automatic handover preparation request, where the target cell indication information is used to indicate that the at least one target base station performs radio resource control RRC resource configuration on the UE according to the target cell indication information, where context information of the UE is used to indicate The at least one target base station saves context information of the UE in at least one second target cell; the original base station receives an automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station; and if the at least one target base station sends The automatic handover preparation response message includes the first target cell information that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover, and the original base station sends automatic handover configuration information to the UE, where the automatic handover configuration information includes at least the first target The cell identity of the cell.
依据本公开第二方面,还提供了一种切换准备方法,所述方法包括:目标基站接收用户终端UE接入的原基站发送的至少携带有所述UE的上下文信息以及目标小区指示信息的自动切换准备请求;所述目标基站根据所述目标小区指示信息对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制,并且所述目标基站根据所述UE的上下文信息在至少一个第二目标小区中保存所述UE的上下文信息;以及所述目标基站向所述原基站发送自动切换准备响应消息,其中,若所述目标基站成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换,则所述自动切换准备响应消息包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区信息。According to the second aspect of the present disclosure, a handover preparation method is further provided, the method includes: the target base station receiving, by the original base station accessed by the user equipment UE, at least the context information of the UE and the target cell indication information a handover preparation request; the target base station performs automatic handover admission control on the UE according to the target cell indication information, and the target base station saves the UE in at least one second target cell according to context information of the UE. Context information; and the target base station sends an automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station, where the automatic handover preparation response message includes successfully receiving the UE if the target base station successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover The first target cell information for automatic switching is performed.
依据本公开第三方面,还提供了一种切换准备方法,所述方法包括:用户终端UE接收原基站发送的自动切换配置信息;以及若所述自动切换配置信息至少包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区的小区标识,则所述UE根据所述自动切换配置信息选择自动切换的目标小区。According to a third aspect of the present disclosure, a handover preparation method is further provided, the method comprising: receiving, by a user equipment UE, automatic handover configuration information sent by an original base station; and if the automatic handover configuration information includes at least successfully receiving the UE And automatically selecting the cell identifier of the first target cell, and the UE selects the target cell that is automatically switched according to the automatic handover configuration information.
依据本公开第四方面,还提供了一种第一基站,所述第一基站为原基站并且包括处理器、存储器以及总线接口,所述处理器和所述存储器通过所述总线接口连接,其中,所述存储器用于存储所述处理器在执行操作时存储的程序和数据,并且所述处理器用于读取在所述存储器中存储的程序和数据,以控制所述第一基站执行根据第一方面所述的方法。According to a fourth aspect of the present disclosure, there is also provided a first base station, which is an original base station and includes a processor, a memory, and a bus interface, wherein the processor and the memory are connected by the bus interface, wherein The memory is configured to store programs and data stored by the processor when performing operations, and the processor is configured to read programs and data stored in the memory to control the first base station to execute according to the The method described on the one hand.
依据本公开第五方面,还提供了一种第二基站,所述第二基站为目标基站并且包括处理器、存储器以及总线接口,其中,所述存储器用于存储所述处理器在执行操作时存储的程序和数据,并且所述处理器用于读取在所述存储器中存储的程序和数据,以控制所述第二基站执行根据第二方面所述的方法。According to a fifth aspect of the present disclosure, a second base station is further provided, the second base station is a target base station and includes a processor, a memory, and a bus interface, wherein the memory is configured to store the processor when performing an operation Stored programs and data, and the processor is operative to read programs and data stored in the memory to control the second base station to perform the method according to the second aspect.
依据本公开第六方面,还提供了一种用户终端UE,包括处理器、存储器以及总线接口,所述处理器、所述收发机和所述存储器通过所述总线接口连接,其中,所述存储器用于存储所述处理器在执行操作时存储的程序和数据, 并且所述处理器用于读取在所述存储器中存储的程序和数据,以控制所述用户终端执行根据第三方面所述的方法。According to a sixth aspect of the present disclosure, a user terminal UE is further provided, including a processor, a memory, and a bus interface, wherein the processor, the transceiver, and the memory are connected by the bus interface, wherein the memory And storing the program and data stored by the processor when performing an operation, and the processor is configured to read a program and data stored in the memory to control the user terminal to perform according to the third aspect method.
依据本公开第七方面,还提供了一种第一基站,所述第一基站为原基站并且包括:发送模块,配置为向至少一个目标基站发送至少携带有接入所述第一基站的用户终端UE的上下文信息以及目标小区指示信息的自动切换准备请求,其中,所述目标小区指示信息用于指示所述至少一个目标基站根据所述目标小区指示信息对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制,所述UE的上下文信息用于指示所述至少一个目标基站在至少一个第二目标小区中保存所述UE的上下文信息;接收模块,配置为接收所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息;以及确定模块,配置为确定所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息是否包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区信息,其中若所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区信息,则所述发送模块向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息,所述自动切换配置信息至少包括所述第一目标小区的小区标识。According to a seventh aspect of the present disclosure, a first base station is further provided, where the first base station is an original base station, and includes: a sending module, configured to send, to at least one target base station, a user that at least carries the access to the first base station The context information of the terminal UE and the automatic handover preparation request of the target cell indication information, where the target cell indication information is used to indicate that the at least one target base station performs automatic handover admission control on the UE according to the target cell indication information, The context information of the UE is used to indicate that the at least one target base station saves context information of the UE in the at least one second target cell, and the receiving module is configured to receive an automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station. And determining, configured to determine whether the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station includes first target cell information that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover, wherein if the at least one target base station sends an automatic handover Preparing the response message includes successfully accepting the UE for self- First target handover cell information, the sending module sends the configuration information is automatically switched to the UE, the automatic switch configuration comprising at least cell identification information of the first target cell.
依据本公开第八方面,还提供一种第二基站,所述第二基站是目标基站并且包括:接收模块,配置为接收用户终端UE接入的原基站发送的至少携带有所述UE的上下文信息以及目标小区指示信息的自动切换准备请求;配置模块,配置为根据所述目标小区指示信息对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制;保存模块,配置为根据所述UE的上下文信息在至少一个第二目标小区中保存所述UE的上下文信息;以及发送模块,配置为向所述原基站发送自动切换准备响应消息,其中,若所述目标基站成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换,则所述自动切换准备响应消息包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区信息。According to an eighth aspect of the present disclosure, a second base station is further provided, where the second base station is a target base station, and includes: a receiving module, configured to receive a context that is sent by the original base station accessed by the user terminal UE and that carries at least the UE The information and the automatic handover preparation request of the target cell indication information; the configuration module is configured to perform automatic handover admission control on the UE according to the target cell indication information; and the saving module is configured to: at least one according to the context information of the UE Saving the context information of the UE in the second target cell; and the sending module is configured to send an automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station, where the automatic handover is performed if the target base station successfully accepts the UE The handover preparation response message includes first target cell information that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover.
依据本公开第九方面,还提供一种用户终端UE,该UE包括:接收模块,配置为接收该UE接入的原基站发送的自动切换配置信息;确定模块,配置为确定所述自动切换配置信息是否包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区的小区标识;以及选择模块,配置为在所述自动切换配置信息包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区的小区标识的情况下,根 据所述自动切换配置信息选择自动切换的目标小区。According to a ninth aspect of the present disclosure, a user terminal UE is further provided, the UE includes: a receiving module, configured to receive automatic switching configuration information sent by an original base station accessed by the UE; and a determining module configured to determine the automatic switching configuration Whether the information includes the cell identifier of the first target cell that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover; and the selecting module, configured to: in the automatic handover configuration information, the cell identifier of the first target cell that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover In the case of the automatic switching configuration information, the target cell that is automatically switched is selected.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1是本公开实施例提供的切换准备方法的流程示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a handover preparation method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图2是本公开实施例提供的切换准备方法中的数据传输示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of data transmission in a handover preparation method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图3是本公开实施例提供的UE自动切换过程中的数据传输示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of data transmission in an automatic handover process of a UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图4是本公开实施例提供的UE自动切换过程中的数据传输示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of data transmission in an automatic handover process of a UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图5是本公开实施例提供的UE自动切换过程中的数据传输示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of data transmission in an automatic handover process of a UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6是本公开实施例提供的切换准备方法的流程示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a handover preparation method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7是本公开实施例提供的切换准备方法的流程示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a handover preparation method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8是本公开实施例提供的第一基站的结构示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a first base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9是本公开实施例提供的第二基站的结构示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a second base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图10是本公开实施例提供的UE的结构示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图11是本公开实施例提供的第一基站的结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a first base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图12是本公开实施例提供的第二基站的结构示意图;以及FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a second base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图13是本公开实施例提供的UE的结构示意图。FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合本公开实施例中的附图,对本公开实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述。显然,所描述的实施例是本公开一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本公开中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有付出创造性劳动的前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本公开保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present disclosure will be clearly and completely described below in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present disclosure. It is apparent that the described embodiments are a part of the embodiments of the present disclosure, and not all of them. All other embodiments obtained by a person of ordinary skill in the art based on the embodiments of the present disclosure without departing from the scope of the invention are within the scope of the disclosure.
本公开提供一种自动切换准备方法、基站及用户终端UE,以解决相关的自动切换方案中UE无法获知目标小区对所述UE的无线资源控制(RRC)资源配置情况,从而容易影响切换效率的问题。The present disclosure provides an automatic handover preparation method, a base station, and a user equipment UE, to solve the problem that the UE cannot learn the radio resource control (RRC) resource configuration of the target cell to the UE in the related automatic handover scheme, thereby easily affecting the handover efficiency. problem.
MulteFire(下文简称MF)是一种将长期演进(LTE)扩展到非授权频段的无线接入技术。在该技术中,非授权频段载波可以不借助授权频段载波独立提供服务。为了与其他在非授权频段工作的设备(例如无线保真(WiFi)设备)公平占用非授权频段信道及避免非授权频段设备之间相互干扰,MF 物理层引入类似WiFi的载波监听技术的LBT(Listen Before Talk,先听后说)机制。在基站或UE监听到非授权频段信道被占用时,即LBT失败时,停止发送信号;当基站或UE监听到信道空闲时,即LBT成功时才发送信号。MulteFire (hereinafter referred to as MF) is a wireless access technology that extends Long Term Evolution (LTE) to unlicensed bands. In this technique, unlicensed band carriers can be independently serviced without the aid of a licensed band carrier. In order to fairly occupy unlicensed band channels and avoid interference between unlicensed band devices by other devices operating in unlicensed bands (such as Wireless Fidelity (WiFi) devices), the MF physical layer introduces LBT (like WiFi-based carrier sensing technology). Listen Before Talk, listen to the mechanism first. When the base station or the UE monitors that the unlicensed band channel is occupied, that is, when the LBT fails, the signal is stopped; when the base station or the UE monitors that the channel is idle, that is, the LBT succeeds, the signal is transmitted.
为了提高LBT机制下基站的下行公共控制信号传输效率,MulteFire引入了发现参考信号(Discovery Reference Signal,DRS)。DRS包含了主要的下行公共控制信号、系统广播、主同步信号(Primary Sync Signal,PSS)、辅同步信号(Secondary Sync Signal,SSS)、增强主同步信号(enhanced Primary Sync Signal,ePSS)、增强辅同步信号(enhanced Secondary Sync Signal,eSSS)、小区参考信号(Cell Reference Signal,CRS)、主系统信息块(Master Information Block,MIB)和增强的系统信息块(System Information Block Multefire,SIB-MF)。DRS占用一个下行子帧中的12个或14个符号(Symbol)。UE可以在发现信号测量时间配置(Discovery Signals Measurement Timing Configuration,DMTC)窗口内接收DRS以进行下行同步、接收MIB和SIB-MF。MF小区只在DRS子帧或者其他有物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH)发送的子帧发送CRS,因此UE可以仅在DMTC窗口内对MF服务小区或MF邻小区进行信道测量,以进行小区选择、小区重选或切换。In order to improve the downlink common control signal transmission efficiency of the base station under the LBT mechanism, MulteFire introduces a Discovery Reference Signal (DRS). The DRS includes the main downlink common control signals, system broadcast, Primary Sync Signal (PSS), Secondary Sync Signal (SSS), Enhanced Primary Sync Signal (ePSS), and enhanced auxiliary. Enhanced Secondary Sync Signal (eSSS), Cell Reference Signal (CRS), Master Information Block (MIB), and Enhanced System Information Block Multefire (SIB-MF). The DRS occupies 12 or 14 symbols (Symbols) in one downlink subframe. The UE may receive the DRS in the Discovery Signals Measurement Timing Configuration (DMTC) window for downlink synchronization, reception MIB, and SIB-MF. The MF cell transmits the CRS only in the DRS subframe or other subframes that are transmitted by the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH). Therefore, the UE can perform channel measurement on the MF serving cell or the MF neighboring cell only in the DMTC window. Perform cell selection, cell reselection or handover.
基站可以向UE分别发送服务小区、同频邻小区以及异频邻小区的DMTC信息,通过SIB-MF广播当前MF服务小区的DMTC信息,通过SIB3广播或通过UE专用RRC消息发送同频MF邻小区的DMTC信息,通过SIB5广播或通过UE专用RRC消息发送指定频点的异频MF邻小区的DMTC信息,使UE根据DMTC信息获知MF服务小区、同频邻小区和异频邻小区的DRS发送时间窗口以进行信道测量。MF服务小区DMTC信息包括DMTC参数。DMTC参数包括:DMTC窗口持续时间(dmtc-duration)、DMTC窗口的周期(dmtc-Periodicity)和子帧偏移(dmtc-Offset)。The eNB may send the DMTC information of the serving cell, the intra-frequency neighboring cell, and the inter-frequency neighboring cell to the UE, and broadcast the DMTC information of the current MF serving cell through the SIB-MF, and send the same-frequency MF neighboring cell through the SIB3 broadcast or through the UE-specific RRC message. DMTC information, the DMTC information of the inter-frequency MF neighboring cell of the specified frequency point is sent by the SIB5 broadcast or by the UE-specific RRC message, so that the UE learns the DRS transmission time of the MF serving cell, the intra-frequency neighboring cell, and the inter-frequency neighboring cell according to the DMTC information. Window for channel measurement. The MF serving cell DMTC information includes DMTC parameters. The DMTC parameters include: DMTC window duration (dmtc-duration), DMTC window period (dmtc-Periodicity), and subframe offset (dmtc-Offset).
MulteFire提供两种基本接入模式的网络架构,分别是公共陆地移动网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)接入模式和中立主机网络(Neutral Host Network,NHN)接入模式。其中,NHN接入模式为MulteFire新引入的统一规划和自组织的中立网络,一个NHN可同时共享给多个服务提供商,MF  RAN连接到NHN的核心网(Core Network,CN),MF小区的广播消息中发送NH网络ID(NHN-ID)和服务提供商标识(Participating Service Provider Identity,PSP-ID)。PLMN接入模式为MF RAN连接到移动运营商的第三代合作伙伴计划3GPP CN的网络模式,UE可以在PLMN接入模式的MF RAN和3GPP RAN之间进行S1或X2切换,在MF小区的广播消息中发送PLMN ID列表。另外,还存在一种混合接入模式,即MF RAN同时连接到NHN CN和3GPP CN,在MF小区的广播消息中同时广播NHN-ID、PSP-ID和PLMN ID列表。MulteFire provides two basic access modes of the network architecture, namely the Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) access mode and the Neutral Host Network (NHN) access mode. Among them, the NHN access mode is a unified planning and self-organizing neutral network newly introduced by MulteFire. One NHN can be shared to multiple service providers at the same time, and the MF RAN is connected to the core network (CN) of the NHN, and the MF cell The NH network ID (NHN-ID) and the Participating Service Provider Identity (PSP-ID) are sent in the broadcast message. The PLMN access mode is a network mode in which the MF RAN is connected to the mobile operator's 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP CN, and the UE may perform S1 or X2 handover between the MF RAN of the PLMN access mode and the 3GPP RAN, in the MF cell A list of PLMN IDs is sent in the broadcast message. In addition, there is also a hybrid access mode in which the MF RAN is simultaneously connected to the NHN CN and the 3GPP CN, and the NHN-ID, PSP-ID, and PLMN ID list are simultaneously broadcast in the broadcast message of the MF cell.
当位于Multefire小区的UE的测量结果满足切换条件时,若根据LBT机制监听到信道被占用时,将不能发送测量报告,同样,Multefire小区收到终端的测量报告后,若根据LBT机制监听到信道被占用时,将不能发送切换命令,导致切换延时过大。因此,在Multefire系统中支持UE自动切换机制,UE在检测当前接入小区和邻小区的信道质量满足切换条件时不用接收到当前接入小区的切换命令即可自动向目标小区发起随机接入来接入目标小区,即当UE检测到当前接入小区和邻小区的信道质量满足切换条件时不用向当前小区发送测量报告并等待当前小区的切换命令以降低切换时延。When the measurement result of the UE located in the Multefire cell satisfies the handover condition, if the channel is occupied according to the LBT mechanism, the measurement report cannot be sent. Similarly, after receiving the measurement report of the terminal, the Multefire cell monitors the channel according to the LBT mechanism. When it is occupied, it will not be able to send a switching command, resulting in a too long switching delay. Therefore, the UE automatic handover mechanism is supported in the Multefire system. When detecting that the channel quality of the current access cell and the neighboring cell meets the handover condition, the UE can automatically initiate random access to the target cell without receiving the handover command of the current access cell. When the UE detects that the channel quality of the current access cell and the neighboring cell meets the handover condition, the UE does not send a measurement report to the current cell and waits for the handover command of the current cell to reduce the handover delay.
基于上述UE自动切换机制,本公开提供切换准备方法,下面将结合具体实施例对本公开进行详细描述。Based on the above-described UE automatic handover mechanism, the present disclosure provides a handover preparation method, which will be described in detail below in conjunction with specific embodiments.
需要说明的是,在本公开实施例中,所述UE可以是移动电话(或手机),或者其他能够发送或接收无线信号的设备,包括用户设备(终端)、个人数字助理(PDA)、无线调制解调器、无线通信装置、手持装置、膝上型计算机、无绳电话、无线本地回路(WLL)站、能够将移动信号转换为WiFi信号的CPE(Customer Premise Equipment,客户终端设备)或移动智能热点、智能家电、或其他不通过人的操作就能自发与移动通信网络通信的设备等。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, the UE may be a mobile phone (or a mobile phone), or other device capable of transmitting or receiving a wireless signal, including a user equipment (terminal), a personal digital assistant (PDA), and a wireless device. Modem, wireless communication device, handheld device, laptop computer, cordless phone, wireless local loop (WLL) station, CPE (Customer Premise Equipment) or mobile intelligent hotspot, intelligent capable of converting mobile signals into WiFi signals A home appliance or other device that can spontaneously communicate with a mobile communication network without human operation.
所述基站的形式不限,可以是宏基站(Macro Base Station)、微基站(Pico Base Station)、Node B(3G移动基站的称呼)、增强型基站(ENB)、家庭增强型基站(Femto eNB或Home eNode B或Home eNB或HNEB)、中继站、接入点、RRU(Remote Radio Unit,远端射频模块)、RRH(Remote Radio Head,射频拉远头)等。The base station is not limited in form, and may be a Macro Base Station, a Pico Base Station, a Node B (3G mobile base station), an Enhanced Base Station (ENB), and a Home Enhanced Base Station (Femto eNB). Or Home eNode B or Home eNB or HNEB), relay station, access point, RRU (Remote Radio Unit), RRH (Remote Radio Head).
参见图1,图1是本公开实施例提供的切换准备方法的流程示意图。该切换准备方法的执行主体可以是UE接入的原基站,如图1所示,所述方法包括如下步骤S101-S103。Referring to FIG. 1 , FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a handover preparation method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. The executor of the handover preparation method may be the original base station accessed by the UE. As shown in FIG. 1, the method includes the following steps S101-S103.
步骤S101:用户终端UE接入的原基站向至少一个目标基站发送至少携带有所述UE的上下文信息以及目标小区指示信息的自动切换准备请求,其中,所述目标小区指示信息用于指示所述至少一个目标基站根据所述目标小区指示信息对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制,所述UE的上下文信息用于指示所述至少一个目标基站在至少一个第二目标小区中保存所述UE的上下文信息。Step S101: The original base station that the user terminal UE accesses sends, to the at least one target base station, an automatic handover preparation request that carries at least the context information of the UE and the target cell indication information, where the target cell indication information is used to indicate the The at least one target base station performs automatic handover admission control on the UE according to the target cell indication information, where context information of the UE is used to indicate that the at least one target base station saves the context of the UE in at least one second target cell. information.
该步骤中,所述UE接入的原基站(即在自动切换之前所述UE接入的基站)向至少一个目标基站发送自动切换准备请求,用于请求所述至少一个目标基站为所述UE的自动切换做准备。所述原基站可以在所述UE接入所述原基站时向所述至少一个目标基站发送所述自动切换准备请求,也可以在接收到所述UE上报的测量报告后向所述至少一个目标基站发送所述自动切换准备请求,还可以在所述UE接入所述原基站之后每隔预设时间向所述至少一个目标基站发送一次自动切换准备请求。需要说明的是,上述仅仅是对触发所述原基站向所述至少一个目标基站发送自动切换准备请求的方式进行了举例说明,并不以此为限。In this step, the original base station that the UE accesses (that is, the base station that the UE accesses before the automatic handover) sends an automatic handover preparation request to the at least one target base station, where the at least one target base station is requested to be the UE. The automatic switching is ready. The original base station may send the automatic handover preparation request to the at least one target base station when the UE accesses the original base station, or may reach the at least one target after receiving the measurement report reported by the UE. The base station sends the automatic handover preparation request, and may also send an automatic handover preparation request to the at least one target base station every preset time after the UE accesses the original base station. It should be noted that the foregoing is only an example of the manner in which the original base station is triggered to send an automatic handover preparation request to the at least one target base station, and is not limited thereto.
所述至少一个目标基站可以是所述原基站根据所述UE上报的测量报告确定的,例如根据所述UE上报的测量报告确定信号质量大于阈值的一个或多个小区,然后确定所述一个或多个小区对应的基站为目标基站。所述至少一个目标基站也可以是所述原基站根据所述UE的移动规律性确定的,例如,所述原基站可以根据所述UE的移动规律性确定所述UE即将进入的一个或多个小区,然后确定所述一个或多个小区对应的基站为所述目标基站。当然,可以理解的是,所述确定所述至少一个目标基站的方式也可以是上述两种方式的结合。需要说明的是,上述确定所述至少一个目标基站的方式仅仅是举例说明,本公开对此不做具体限定。The at least one target base station may be determined by the original base station according to the measurement report reported by the UE, for example, determining one or more cells whose signal quality is greater than a threshold according to the measurement report reported by the UE, and then determining the one or The base station corresponding to the multiple cells is the target base station. The at least one target base station may also be determined by the original base station according to the mobility regularity of the UE. For example, the original base station may determine one or more that the UE is about to enter according to the mobility regularity of the UE. The cell then determines that the base station corresponding to the one or more cells is the target base station. Of course, it can be understood that the manner of determining the at least one target base station may also be a combination of the foregoing two manners. It should be noted that the foregoing manner of determining the at least one target base station is merely an example, and the disclosure does not specifically limit this.
所述自动切换准备请求至少携带有所述UE的上下文信息以及目标小区指示信息,所述目标小区指示信息用于指示所述至少一个目标基站在至少一 个目标小区中对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制。所述原基站可以为不同的UE选择相同的目标基站或目标小区或者相同的目标基站和目标小区,也可以为不同的UE选择不同的目标基站或不同的目标小区或者不同的目标基站和目标小区。例如,所述原基站可以根据所述UE当前所接入的小区的不同为不同的UE选择不同的目标基站或不同的目标小区或者不同的目标基站和目标小区,也可以根据每个UE的测量报告中包含的测量结果为每个UE选择不同的目标基站或不同的目标小区或者不同的目标基站和目标小区。在本公开一些实施例中,所述原基站可以先为所述UE选择目标小区,然后再确定所述目标小区所属的基站作为目标基站。The automatic handover preparation request carries at least the context information of the UE and the target cell indication information, where the target cell indication information is used to indicate that the at least one target base station automatically performs handover and accepting the UE in the at least one target cell. control. The original base station may select the same target base station or target cell or the same target base station and target cell for different UEs, or may select different target base stations or different target cells or different target base stations and target cells for different UEs. . For example, the original base station may select different target base stations or different target cells or different target base stations and target cells for different UEs according to different cells currently accessed by the UE, or may be measured according to each UE. The measurement results included in the report select different target base stations or different target cells or different target base stations and target cells for each UE. In some embodiments of the present disclosure, the original base station may first select a target cell for the UE, and then determine a base station to which the target cell belongs as a target base station.
所述目标小区指示信息至少包括一个或多个目标小区的小区标识,如图2所示,所述至少一个目标基站根据所述目标小区指示信息在至少一个目标小区中对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制。所述至少一个目标基站中的每个目标基站可以包括所述一个或多个目标小区中的至少一个目标小区,也可以不包括所述一个或多个目标小区中的任何目标小区。对于一个目标基站H而言,当接收到所述携带有所述目标小区指示信息的自动切换准备请求时,该目标基站H获取所述目标小区指示信息中的小区标识,然后确定所述至少一个目标小区中是否有目标小区属于该目标基站H,若所述目标小区指示信息指示的至少一个目标小区中没有目标小区属于该目标基站H(例如,在具体实现中,所述目标小区指示信息不指示任何目标小区),则所述目标基站H不对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制;若所述目标小区指示信息指示的至少一个目标小区中有目标小区h属于该目标基站H,则该目标基站H在该目标小区h中为所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制。The target cell indication information includes at least one or more cell identifiers of the target cell. As shown in FIG. 2, the at least one target base station automatically switches the UE in at least one target cell according to the target cell indication information. Admission control. Each of the at least one target base station may include at least one of the one or more target cells, or may not include any of the one or more target cells. For a target base station H, when receiving the automatic handover preparation request carrying the target cell indication information, the target base station H acquires a cell identifier in the target cell indication information, and then determines the at least one Whether the target cell belongs to the target base station H in the target cell, and if the target cell does not belong to the target base station H in the at least one target cell indicated by the target cell indication information (for example, in a specific implementation, the target cell indication information is not Instructing any target cell, the target base station H does not perform automatic handover admission control on the UE; if the target cell h in the at least one target cell indicated by the target cell indication information belongs to the target base station H, the target base station H performs automatic handover admission control for the UE in the target cell h.
所述UE的上下文信息用于指示所述至少一个目标基站在至少一个第二目标小区中保存所述UE的上下文信息。具体地,对于上述目标基站H而言,若所述目标小区指示信息指示的至少一个目标小区中没有目标小区属于该目标基站H(例如,在具体实现中,所述目标小区指示信息不指示任何目标小区),则该目标基站H指示属于该目标基站H的所有小区保存所述UE的上下文信息,但不为所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制;若所述目标小区指示信息指示的至少一个目标小区中有目标小区h属于该目标基站H,则该目标基 站H指示该目标小区h保存所述UE的上下文信息,并在该目标小区h中为所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制。The context information of the UE is used to indicate that the at least one target base station saves context information of the UE in at least one second target cell. Specifically, for the foregoing target base station H, if the target cell does not belong to the target base station H in the at least one target cell indicated by the target cell indication information (for example, in a specific implementation, the target cell indication information does not indicate any Target cell), the target base station H indicates that all cells belonging to the target base station H save context information of the UE, but do not perform automatic handover admission control for the UE; if the target cell indicates at least one target indicated by the information If the target cell h belongs to the target base station H, the target base station H instructs the target cell h to save the context information of the UE, and performs automatic handover admission control for the UE in the target cell h.
所述UE的上下文信息包括以下的一种或多种:所述UE的安全能力信息、接入网安全密钥信息、所述UE的E-RAB(演进的无线接入承载)承载信息、所述UE的切换限制列表、RRC上下文信息。其中,所述RRC上下文信息至少包括所述UE的能力信息。在本公开一些实施例中,所述RRC上下文信息还可以包括以下的一种或多种:接入层配置(AS-Config)、无线资源管理配置(RRM-Config)、接入层上下文(AS-Context)。所述接入层上下文包括针对所述至少一个目标基站中每个目标基站针对至少一个重建立目标小区的所述UE的重建立信息。所述接入层配置包括所述UE在原小区中的所有空口配置信息,例如测量配置、小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI、原小区DL-EARFCN、无线资源配置、主信息块(MIB)、系统消息SIB1/SIB2及原小区端口数等。The context information of the UE includes one or more of the following: security capability information of the UE, access network security key information, E-RAB (Evolved Radio Access Bearer) bearer information of the UE, The handover restriction list and RRC context information of the UE are described. The RRC context information includes at least capability information of the UE. In some embodiments of the present disclosure, the RRC context information may further include one or more of the following: an access layer configuration (AS-Config), a radio resource management configuration (RRM-Config), and an access layer context (AS). -Context). The access stratum context includes re-establishment information for the UE of the at least one re-establishment target cell for each of the at least one target base station. The access layer configuration includes all air interface configuration information of the UE in the original cell, such as a measurement configuration, a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI, an original cell DL-EARFCN, a radio resource configuration, a main information block (MIB), and a system. Message SIB1/SIB2 and the number of original cell ports.
在本公开一些实施例中,所述自动切换准备请求中还可以携带有需要所述至少一个目标基站接纳的演进的无线接入承载E-RAB的承载信息,用于请求所述至少一个目标基站确定是否接纳所述需要接纳的E-RAB的承载信息。In some embodiments of the present disclosure, the automatic handover preparation request may further carry bearer information of an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB that is required to be received by the at least one target base station, for requesting the at least one target base station. Determining whether to accept the bearer information of the E-RAB that needs to be accepted.
步骤S102:所述原基站接收所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息。Step S102: The original base station receives an automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station.
该步骤中,所述原基站接收所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息。具体地,所述原基站向所述至少一个目标基站发送所述自动切换准备请求之后,所述至少一个目标基站会根据所述自动切换准备请求中的目标小区指示信息指示至少一个目标小区为所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制,所述至少一个目标基站会将成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区信息携带在所述自动切换准备响应消息中,所述原基站通过接收所述自动切换准备响应消息能够获知成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区信息。In this step, the original base station receives an automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station. Specifically, after the original base station sends the automatic handover preparation request to the at least one target base station, the at least one target base station may indicate at least one target cell according to the target cell indication information in the automatic handover preparation request. The UE performs automatic handover admission control, and the at least one target base station carries the first target cell information that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover in the automatic handover preparation response message, and the original base station receives the automatic The handover preparation response message can learn the first target cell information that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover.
在本公开实施例中,对于一个目标基站而言,其向所述原基站发送的所述自动切换准备请求中携带的第一目标小区信息可以是成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区的小区标识,也可以是所述目标小区指示消息指示的一个或多个目标小区是否成功所述UE进行自动切换的信息。举例而言, 对于目标基站H,若所述目标小区指示信息指示的一个或多个目标小区中没有目标小区属于该目标基站H,所述目标基站H向所述原基站发送的第一目标小区信息可以是告知所述原基站所述目标基站H下没有小区成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换。若所述目标小区指示信息指示的一个或多个目标小区中有目标小区h属于该目标基站H,则该目标基站H会指示该目标小区h为所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制,若该目标小区h成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换,则该目标基站H可以向所述原基站发送携带有所述目标小区h的小区标识的第一目标小区信息;或者,对于只有一个目标小区h属于该目标基站H的情况,所述第一目标小区信息可以是仅仅携带有例如“是/成功”或“否/失败”的信息。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, for a target base station, the first target cell information carried in the automatic handover preparation request sent by the original base station may be the first target for successfully accepting the UE for automatic handover. The cell identifier of the cell may also be information that the one or more target cells indicated by the target cell indication message succeeds that the UE performs automatic handover. For example, for the target base station H, if no target cell of the one or more target cells indicated by the target cell indication information belongs to the target base station H, the first target cell that the target base station H sends to the original base station The information may be that the original base station does not have a cell successfully accepting the UE for automatic handover under the target base station H. If the target cell h of the one or more target cells indicated by the target cell indication information belongs to the target base station H, the target base station H instructs the target cell h to perform automatic handover admission control for the UE, if the target If the cell h successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover, the target base station H may send the first target cell information carrying the cell identifier of the target cell h to the original base station; or, for only one target cell h belongs to the In the case of the target base station H, the first target cell information may be information carrying only "yes/success" or "no/failure", for example.
在本公开实施例中,所述至少一个目标基站确定在目标小区中对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制是否成功的方式可以是如下方式,也就是说,若一个目标小区属于下列任意一种情况,则所述至少一个目标基站确定在该目标小区中对所述UE进行接纳控制失败:a)所述目标小区不支持所述UE的公共陆地移动网络PLMN服务;或者b)所述目标小区支持所述UE的PLMN服务但属于所述UE切换限制列表的禁止跟踪区forbidden TA;或者c)所述目标小区不能成功接纳不提供最低的传输速率保证non-GBR类型的演进的无线接入承载E-RAB承载;或者d)所述目标基站在所述目标小区中为所述UE预留小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI失败;或者f)所述目标基站在所述目标小区中为所述UE预留专用随机接入信道RACH资源且预留空口无线资源失败。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the manner in which the at least one target base station determines whether the automatic handover admission control of the UE in the target cell is successful may be the following manner, that is, if a target cell belongs to any of the following conditions: And the at least one target base station determines that the admission control failure of the UE in the target cell fails: a) the target cell does not support the public land mobile network PLMN service of the UE; or b) the target cell support The PLMN service of the UE belongs to the forbidden tracking area forbidden to the UE handover restriction list; or c) the target cell cannot successfully accept the evolved radio access bearer E that does not provide the lowest transmission rate guarantee non-GBR type - RAB bearer; or d) the target base station fails to reserve the cell radio network temporary identity C-RNTI for the UE in the target cell; or f) the target base station is the UE in the target cell The dedicated random access channel RACH resource is reserved and the air interface radio resource is reserved.
步骤S103:若所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息中包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区信息,则所述原基站向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息,所述自动切换配置信息至少包括所述第一目标小区的小区标识。Step S103: If the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station includes the first target cell information that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover, the original base station sends an automatic handover configuration information to the UE. The automatic handover configuration information includes at least a cell identifier of the first target cell.
该步骤中,所述原基站在接收到所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息后向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息。具体地,所述原基站可以根据接收到的所述自动切换准备响应消息确定成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区的小区标识,然后在向所述UE发送的自动切换配置信息中携带所述第一目标小区的小区标识。这样,所述UE能够在自动切换之 前获知目标小区是否为成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换,便于所述UE对自动切换的目标小区选择进行优化,从而降低自动切换时延。In this step, the original base station sends automatic handover configuration information to the UE after receiving the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station. Specifically, the original base station may determine, according to the received automatic handover preparation response message, a cell identifier of the first target cell that successfully accepts the UE to perform automatic handover, and then in the automatic handover configuration information sent to the UE. Carrying a cell identifier of the first target cell. In this way, the UE can know whether the target cell successfully performs the automatic handover of the UE before the automatic handover, so that the UE optimizes the target cell selection of the automatic handover, thereby reducing the automatic handover delay.
在本公开一些实施例中,例如所述自动切换准备请求中携带有需要所述至少一个目标基站接纳的E-RAB的承载信息时,所述至少一个目标基站确定(i)接纳的E-RAB承载和(ii)拒绝接纳的E-RAB承载中的至少一个,然后通过所述自动切换准备响应消息指示给所述原基站,以便于所述原基站与所述至少一个目标基站之间的无线通信。In some embodiments of the present disclosure, when the automatic handover preparation request carries the bearer information of the E-RAB that is required to be received by the at least one target base station, the at least one target base station determines (i) the accepted E-RAB. Carrying and (ii) rejecting at least one of the E-RAB bearers, and then indicating to the original base station by the automatic handover preparation response message, to facilitate wireless between the original base station and the at least one target base station Communication.
可选地,所述第一目标小区信息包括所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息。Optionally, the first target cell information includes RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
在本公开一些实施例中,所述自动切换配置信息中也可以携带所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息,或者不携带所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息。In some embodiments of the present disclosure, the automatic handover configuration information may also carry the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE, or may not carry the RRC resource of the first target cell to the UE. Configuration information.
可选地,所述RRC资源配置信息包括所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源类型,所述RRC资源类型包括第一类型至第五类型。Optionally, the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes a first type to a fifth type.
第一类型:公共RRC资源配置。The first type: public RRC resource configuration.
第二类型:小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI配置。The second type: cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI configuration.
第三类型:C-RNTI配置和空口无线资源配置。The third type: C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration.
第四类型:C-RNTI配置和专用随机接入信道RACH资源配置。The fourth type: C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration.
第五类型:C-RNTI配置、空口无线资源配置和专用RACH资源配置。The fifth type: C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
该实施例中,所述RRC资源配置信息包括所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源类型,例如第一类型:公共RRC资源配置,即对所述UE只进行了公共RRC资源配置;第二类型:C-RNTI配置,即所述第一目标小区仅为所述UE预留了C-RNTI;第三类型:C-RNTI配置和空口无线资源配置,即所述第一目标小区为所述UE预留了C-RNTI以及空口无线资源配置;第四类型:C-RNTI配置和专用RACH资源配置,即所述第一目标小区为所述UE预留了C-RNTI以及专用RACH资源;第五类型:C-RNTI配置、空口无线资源配置和专用RACH资源配置,即所述第一目标小区为所述UE预留了C-RNTI、空口无线资源以及专用RACH资源。In this embodiment, the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, for example, a first type: a common RRC resource configuration, that is, only a common RRC resource configuration is performed on the UE. The second type: C-RNTI configuration, that is, the first target cell reserves the C-RNTI only for the UE; the third type: the C-RNTI configuration and the air interface radio resource configuration, that is, the first target cell A C-RNTI and an air interface radio resource configuration are reserved for the UE; a fourth type: a C-RNTI configuration and a dedicated RACH resource configuration, that is, the first target cell reserves a C-RNTI and a dedicated RACH for the UE. The fifth type: the C-RNTI configuration, the air interface radio resource configuration, and the dedicated RACH resource configuration, that is, the first target cell reserves C-RNTI, air interface radio resource, and dedicated RACH resource for the UE.
在本公开实施例中,所述第一目标小区信息中可以携带所述RRC资源配 置类型的具体内容,例如C-RNTI配置等,也可以只携带有所述RRC资源配置类型对应的代码,例如,可以携带信息“3/type3”用来表示所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源为上述的第三类型。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first target cell information may carry the specific content of the RRC resource configuration type, for example, a C-RNTI configuration, and may also carry only the code corresponding to the RRC resource configuration type, for example, The RRC resource configured by the first target cell for the UE is the third type described above.
可以理解的是,本公开实施例中,所述自动切换准备请求以及所述自动切换准备响应消息可以通过X2接口发送,也可以通过S1接口发送。It can be understood that, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, the automatic handover preparation request and the automatic handover preparation response message may be sent through an X2 interface, or may be sent through an S1 interface.
可选地,所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息包括公共RRC资源配置信息和专用RRC资源配置信息中的至少一种,所述专用RRC资源配置信息至少包括所述UE在所述第一目标小区内的C-RNTI。Optionally, the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes at least one of a common RRC resource configuration information and a dedicated RRC resource configuration information, where the dedicated RRC resource configuration information includes at least the UE The C-RNTI in the first target cell.
该实施例中,所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息可以是只对所述UE进行公共RRC资源配置(Radio Resource Config Common),也可以是只对所述UE进行专用RRC资源配置,还可以是对所述UE进行公共RRC资源配置以及专用RRC资源配置。所述专用RRC资源至少包括所述第一目标小区为所述UE预留的C-RNTI。In this embodiment, the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE may be a public RRC resource configuration (Radio Resource Config Common) for the UE, or may be dedicated RRC only to the UE. The resource configuration may also be a common RRC resource configuration and a dedicated RRC resource configuration for the UE. The dedicated RRC resource includes at least a C-RNTI reserved by the first target cell for the UE.
所述公共RRC资源配置信息用于传输目标小区的系统广播消息,所述专用RRC资源配置信息用于指示所述第一目标小区是否为所述UE成功预留专用资源。若所述第一目标小区为所述UE成功预留了专用资源,所述专用RRC资源配置信息还可以用于指示所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的专用资源。举例而言,所述专用RRC资源配置信息可以包含所述第一目标小区为所述UE预留的C-RNTI,还可以包含在所述第一目标小区中为所述UE预留的专用RACH资源和空口无线资源(例如物理层专用信道资源、空口无线承载资源)中的至少一个。The common RRC resource configuration information is used to transmit a system broadcast message of the target cell, where the dedicated RRC resource configuration information is used to indicate whether the first target cell successfully reserves a dedicated resource for the UE. If the first target cell successfully reserves the dedicated resource for the UE, the dedicated RRC resource configuration information may be further used to indicate that the first target cell is a dedicated resource configured by the UE. For example, the dedicated RRC resource configuration information may include a C-RNTI reserved by the first target cell for the UE, and may also include a dedicated RACH reserved for the UE in the first target cell. At least one of a resource and an air interface radio resource (eg, a physical layer dedicated channel resource, an air interface radio bearer resource).
可选地,所述专用RRC资源配置信息还包括以下的一种或多种:专用RACH资源、空口无线资源、演进的无线接入承载E-RAB承载资源和安全参数。Optionally, the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resource, and a security parameter.
可选地,所述原基站向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息的方式包括以下(i)和(ii)中的任一种:(i)从所述切换准备响应消息中的S1应用协议S1AP或X2应用协议X2AP字段中获取所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源配置信息,并生成RRC消息发送给所述UE;和(ii)将从所述切换准备响应消息的S1AP或X2AP字段中获取的RRC透明容器Transparent Container 字段通过RRC消息发送给UE,其中,所述Transparent Container字段携带有所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源配置信息。Optionally, the manner in which the original base station sends the automatic handover configuration information to the UE includes any one of the following (i) and (ii): (i) from the S1 application protocol S1AP in the handover preparation response message. Obtaining, in the X2 application protocol X2AP field, the RRC resource configuration information configured by the first target cell for the UE, and generating an RRC message sent to the UE; and (ii) an S1AP or a handover preparation response message to be used The RRC transparent container Transparent Container field obtained in the X2AP field is sent to the UE by using an RRC message, where the Transparent Container field carries the RRC resource configuration information configured by the first target cell for the UE.
在该实施例中,所述至少一个目标基站向所述原基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息中还携带有所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息。所述至少一个目标基站可以通过多种不同的方式将所述RRC资源配置信息发送给所述原基站。In this embodiment, the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station to the original base station further carries the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE. The at least one target base station may send the RRC resource configuration information to the original base station in a plurality of different manners.
具体地,所述至少一个目标基站可以通过自动切换准备响应消息中的S1AP或X2AP字段,将每个第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源放在所述切换准备响应消息中的S1AP或X2AP字段中发送给所述原基站。对应地,所述原基站接收到该自动切换准备响应消息后从该自动切换准备响应消息的S1AP或X2AP字段中获取所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源配置信息,并生成RRC消息发送给所述UE。Specifically, the at least one target base station may put the RRC resource configured by the first target cell for the UE into the S1AP in the handover preparation response message by using an S1AP or X2AP field in the automatic handover preparation response message. The X2AP field is sent to the original base station. Correspondingly, the original base station obtains the RRC resource configuration information configured by the first target cell for the UE from the S1AP or X2AP field of the automatic handover preparation response message after receiving the automatic handover preparation response message, and generates an RRC. A message is sent to the UE.
此外,所述至少一个目标基站还可以通过自动切换准备响应消息的RRC透明容器字段,即所述至少一个目标基站可以将所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置放在所述自动切换准备响应消息的RRC透明容器字段中发送给所述原基站。所述原基站接收该自动切换准备响应消息并将从所述自动切换准备响应消息的S1AP或X2AP字段中获取的RRC透明容器字段通过RRC消息发送给所述UE,其中,所述RRC透明容器字段中携带有所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源配置信息。在本公开的实施例中,所述至少一个目标基站可以将在所有第一目标小区中为所述UE配置的RRC资源配置信息组成一个RRC消息,也可以将每个第一目标小区的RRC资源配置分别组成一个RRC消息,本公开实施例对此不做具体限定。In addition, the at least one target base station may also automatically switch the RRC transparent container field of the preparation response message, that is, the at least one target base station may put the RRC resource configuration of the first target cell to the UE in the automatic The RRC transparent container field of the handover preparation response message is sent to the original base station. The original base station receives the automatic handover preparation response message and sends an RRC transparent container field obtained from an S1AP or X2AP field of the automatic handover preparation response message to the UE by using an RRC message, where the RRC transparent container field The RRC resource configuration information configured by the first target cell for the UE is carried in the RRC resource configuration information. In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the at least one target base station may form an RRC message for the RRC resource configuration information configured for the UE in all the first target cells, and may also set the RRC resource of each first target cell. The configurations are respectively configured to form an RRC message, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present disclosure.
进一步地,在本公开其他实施例中,所述至少一个目标基站还可以通过上述两种方式的结合向所述原基站发送所述自动切换准备响应消息。举例而言,所述至少一个目标基站可以将公共RRC资源配置信息以及专用RRC资源配置信息放在所述自动切换准备响应消息中的S1AP或X2AP字段中发送给所述原基站,将其他专用资源(例如专用RACH资源、空口无线资源等)放在所述自动切换准备响应消息中的RRC透明容器字段中发送给所述原基站。Further, in other embodiments of the present disclosure, the at least one target base station may further send the automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station by using the combination of the foregoing two manners. For example, the at least one target base station may send the common RRC resource configuration information and the dedicated RRC resource configuration information in the S1AP or X2AP field in the automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station, and use other dedicated resources. (eg, dedicated RACH resources, air interface radio resources, etc.) are sent to the original base station in the RRC transparent container field in the automatic handover preparation response message.
可选地,所述原基站向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息的方式包括所述原基站将以下一种或多种信息通过RRC重配置消息发送给所述UE:所述第一目标小区的小区标识、所述公共RRC资源配置信息、所述专用RRC资源配置信息中的所述UE在所述第一目标小区中的C-RNTI、所述专用RACH资源。Optionally, the manner in which the original base station sends the automatic handover configuration information to the UE includes: sending, by the original base station, one or more of the following information to the UE by using an RRC reconfiguration message: the first target cell a C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell and the dedicated RACH resource in the cell identifier, the common RRC resource configuration information, and the dedicated RRC resource configuration information.
可选地,所述自动切换配置信息至少包括所述第一目标小区的小区标识以及第二目标小区的小区标识。Optionally, the automatic handover configuration information includes at least a cell identifier of the first target cell and a cell identifier of the second target cell.
该实施例中,所述至少一个目标基站会根据所述自动切换准备请求指示所述目标基站下的所有小区或者一个或多个目标小区保存所述UE的上下文信息。对于原基站而言,在向所述UE发送的所述自动切换配置信息中携带保存所述UE上下文信息的第二目标小区的小区标识。In this embodiment, the at least one target base station may instruct all cells or one or more target cells under the target base station to save context information of the UE according to the automatic handover preparation request. For the original base station, the automatic handover configuration information sent to the UE carries the cell identifier of the second target cell that stores the UE context information.
所述原基站可以直接根据所述自动切换准备请求确定保存所述UE上下文信息的第二目标小区。具体地,所述原基站确定该目标基站H下属的所有小区均为成功保存所述UE上下文信息的第二目标小区。The original base station may directly determine a second target cell that saves the UE context information according to the automatic handover preparation request. Specifically, the original base station determines that all cells subordinate to the target base station H are second target cells that successfully save the UE context information.
可选地,所述UE的上下文信息包括以下的一种或多种:所述UE的安全能力信息、接入网安全密钥信息、所述UE的E-RAB承载信息、所述UE的切换限制列表、RRC上下文信息;其中,所述RRC上下文信息至少包括所述UE的能力信息。Optionally, the context information of the UE includes one or more of the following: security capability information of the UE, access network security key information, E-RAB bearer information of the UE, and handover of the UE. a restriction list, RRC context information; wherein the RRC context information includes at least capability information of the UE.
可选地,所述RRC上下文信息还包括以下的一种或多种:接入层配置、无线资源管理配置、接入层上下文;其中,所述接入层上下文包括在所述至少一个目标基站中每个目标基站下针对至少一个重建立目标小区的所述UE的重建立信息。Optionally, the RRC context information further includes one or more of the following: an access layer configuration, a radio resource management configuration, and an access layer context, where the access layer context is included in the at least one target base station. Re-establishment information for the UE of at least one re-establishment target cell under each target base station.
可选地,在所述原基站向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息之前,所述方法还包括:若所述UE的上下文信息中携带有所述接入层上下文,则所述原基站确定所述接入层上下文中的重建立目标小区为保存所述UE上下文信息的第二目标小区。Optionally, before the sending, by the original base station, the automatic handover configuration information to the UE, the method further includes: if the context information of the UE carries the access layer context, the original base station determines The re-establishment target cell in the access layer context is a second target cell that saves the UE context information.
在该实施例中,在所述原基站向所述UE发送所述自动切换配置信息之前,所述方法还包括:若所述UE的上下文信息中携带有所述接入层上下文,所述原基站确定所述接入层上下文中的重建立目标小区为保存所述UE的上 下文信息的第二目标小区。也就是说,在该实施例中,若所述UE的上下文信息中携带有所述接入层上下文,则所述原基站根据所述接入层上下文确定所述第二目标小区,即确定所述接入层上下文中的重建立目标小区为所述第二目标小区。In this embodiment, before the sending, by the original base station, the automatic handover configuration information to the UE, the method further includes: if the context information of the UE carries the access layer context, the original The base station determines that the re-establishment target cell in the access layer context is a second target cell that stores context information of the UE. That is, in this embodiment, if the access layer context is carried in the context information of the UE, the original base station determines the second target cell according to the access layer context, that is, determining the location The re-establishment target cell in the access layer context is the second target cell.
所述重建立信息包括所述UE在所述重建立目标小区中的身份验证信息(ShortMAC-I)以及所述UE在所述重建立目标小区中的密钥(KeNB)。在该实施例中,所述重建立目标小区包括所述成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区,也就是说,所述第一目标小区的集合等于所述重建立目标小区的集合,或者所述第一目标小区的集合为所述重建立目标小区的集合的子集。在本公开一些实施例中,可选的,所述重建立目标小区支持所述UE的PLMN服务或者所述重建立目标小区不仅支持所述UE的PLMN服务并且不属于所述UE切换限制列表中指示的禁止跟踪区域。The re-establishment information includes identity verification information (ShortMAC-I) of the UE in the re-establishment target cell and a key (KeNB) of the UE in the re-establishment target cell. In this embodiment, the re-establishment target cell includes the first target cell that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover, that is, the set of the first target cell is equal to the set of the re-establishment target cell. Or the set of the first target cell is a subset of the set of re-established target cells. In some embodiments of the present disclosure, optionally, the re-establishment target cell supports a PLMN service of the UE or the re-establishment target cell not only supports the PLMN service of the UE but does not belong to the UE handover restriction list. Indicated prohibited tracking area.
在本公开实施例中,可选的,若原基站收到的至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息中不包括成功为UE进行自动切换接纳控制的第一目标小区信息,则原基站向UE发送的自动切换配置信息中不包含第一目标小区的小区标识及RRC资源配置,仅包括第二目标小区的小区标识。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, optionally, if the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station received by the original base station does not include the first target cell information that successfully performs automatic handover admission control for the UE, the original base station sends the UE information to the UE. The automatically switched configuration information that is sent does not include the cell identifier and the RRC resource configuration of the first target cell, and only includes the cell identifier of the second target cell.
在本公开的实施例中,所述UE接收所述自动切换配置消息,并可以在需要进行自动切换时根据所述自动切换配置消息确定需要切换的目标小区。下面将对所述UE如何根据所述自动切换配置消息进行自动切换做具体描述。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the UE receives the automatic handover configuration message, and may determine, according to the automatic handover configuration message, a target cell that needs to be handed over when automatic handover is required. A detailed description will be given below on how the UE performs automatic handover according to the automatic handover configuration message.
若所述第一目标小区(即为所述UE配置了RRC资源的小区)中有符合所述UE的第一自动切换条件(例如信号质量大于第一阈值)的目标小区,则所述UE从所述第一目标小区中选择进行自动切换的目标小区。若所述第一目标小区中没有符合所述UE的第一自动切换条件的目标小区,则所述UE在所述第二目标小区(即保存了所述UE的上下文信息的小区)中选择进行自动切换的目标小区。若所述第二目标小区中有符合所述UE的第二自动切换条件(例如信号质量大于第二阈值)的目标小区,则所述UE从所述第二目标小区中选择进行自动切换的目标小区。若所述第二目标小区中也没有符合所述UE的切换条件的目标小区,则所述UE在不具有所述UE的上下文信息的小区中选择满足第三自动切换条件(例如信号质量大于第三阈值)的小 区作为自动切换的目标小区。If the first target cell (that is, the cell in which the RRC resource is configured for the UE) has a target cell that meets the first automatic handover condition of the UE (eg, the signal quality is greater than the first threshold), the UE A target cell that performs automatic handover is selected in the first target cell. If the first target cell does not have a target cell that meets the first automatic handover condition of the UE, the UE selects to perform in the second target cell (ie, a cell that stores context information of the UE) The target cell that is automatically switched. If the second target cell has a target cell that meets the second automatic handover condition of the UE (for example, the signal quality is greater than the second threshold), the UE selects a target for automatic handover from the second target cell. Community. If the target cell that does not meet the handover condition of the UE is also not in the second target cell, the UE selects to meet the third automatic handover condition in the cell that does not have the context information of the UE (for example, the signal quality is greater than the first The three-threshold cell is used as the target cell for automatic handover.
具体地,若所述UE在所述第一目标小区中选择自动切换的目标小区,则可以根据RRC资源类型选择自动切换的目标小区。举例而言,如果有多个第一目标小区均满足所述UE的第一自动切换条件,且为所述UE配置的RRC资源类型不同,所述UE根据以下由高到低的优先级顺序选择进行自动切换的目标小区:第五类型、第四类型、第三类型、第二类型、第一类型。若所述UE从所述第一目标小区中选择了小区作为自动切换的目标小区,则所述UE应用所述目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置,将所述RRC资源配置中的参数应用到所述UE的协议层(例如PHY层/MAC层/RLC层/PDCP层/RRC层)。Specifically, if the UE selects an automatically switched target cell in the first target cell, the target cell that is automatically switched may be selected according to the RRC resource type. For example, if a plurality of first target cells satisfy the first automatic handover condition of the UE, and the RRC resource types configured for the UE are different, the UE selects according to the following high to low priority order. A target cell that performs automatic switching: a fifth type, a fourth type, a third type, a second type, and a first type. If the UE selects a cell from the first target cell as the target cell for automatic handover, the UE applies the RRC resource configuration of the target cell to the UE, and applies the parameter in the RRC resource configuration. To the protocol layer of the UE (eg, PHY layer / MAC layer / RLC layer / PDCP layer / RRC layer).
若所述UE在所述第二目标小区中选择进行自动切换的目标小区,则所述UE确定所述第二目标小区中是否有小区的信号质量满足第二阈值并且确定信号质量满足所述第二阈值的小区是否是所述UE的合适小区(suitable cell)。也就是说,所述UE在所述第二目标小区中选择信号质量满足第二阈值并且是所述UE的合适小区的小区作为自动切换的目标小区。其中,所述UE的合适小区是系统广播消息中不包含禁止(barred)指示、支持所述UE的PLMN服务或等同PLMN(EPLMN)并且TA不属于所述UE的forbidden TA的小区。If the UE selects a target cell that performs automatic handover in the second target cell, the UE determines whether the signal quality of the cell in the second target cell satisfies a second threshold and determines that the signal quality satisfies the Whether the cell of the second threshold is a suitable cell of the UE. That is, the UE selects, in the second target cell, a cell whose signal quality satisfies a second threshold and is a suitable cell of the UE as a target cell for automatic handover. The suitable cell of the UE is a cell that does not include a barred indication in the system broadcast message, supports a PLMN service of the UE or an equivalent PLMN (EPLMN), and the TA does not belong to the forbidden TA of the UE.
若所述UE在不具有所述UE的上下文信息的小区中选择自动切换的目标小区,则所述UE会确定所述小区的信号质量是否满足第三阈值以及是否是所述UE的合适小区。也就是说,所述UE在不具有所述UE的上下文信息的小区中选择自动切换的目标小区的条件为所述小区的信号质量满足第三阈值并且所述所述UE的合适小区。同上,所述UE的合适小区是系统广播消息中不包含禁止(barred)指示、支持所述UE的PLMN服务或等同PLMN(EPLMN)并且TA不属于所述UE的forbidden TA的小区。If the UE selects an automatically switched target cell in a cell that does not have context information of the UE, the UE determines whether the signal quality of the cell satisfies a third threshold and whether it is a suitable cell of the UE. That is, the condition that the UE selects the target cell for automatic handover in the cell that does not have the context information of the UE is that the signal quality of the cell satisfies a third threshold and the suitable cell of the UE. As above, the suitable cell of the UE is a cell that does not include a barred indication in the system broadcast message, supports a PLMN service of the UE or an equivalent PLMN (EPLMN), and the TA does not belong to the forbidden TA of the UE.
需要说明的是,在本实施例中,可选地,所述第一自动切换条件、第二自动切换条件以及第三自动切换条件是所述原基站通过测量配置消息中的测量报告配置和测量对象配置中的至少一个发送给所述UE的,所述第一自动切换条件、第二自动切换条件和第三自动切换条件可以相同也可以不同,可 选地,所述第三阈值大于或等于所述第二阈值,所述第二阈值大于或等于所述第一阈值。It should be noted that, in this embodiment, optionally, the first automatic switching condition, the second automatic switching condition, and the third automatic switching condition are configurations and measurements of the measurement report in the original base station by using a measurement configuration message. The at least one of the object configurations is sent to the UE, and the first automatic switching condition, the second automatic switching condition, and the third automatic switching condition may be the same or different. Optionally, the third threshold is greater than or equal to The second threshold, the second threshold is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
所述UE在确定需要接入的目标小区之后,会发送接入请求以请求接入所述目标小区,下面结合几种不同的情况对所述UE请求接入所述目标小区的方式进行详细描述。After determining the target cell that needs to be accessed, the UE sends an access request to request access to the target cell, and the manner in which the UE requests access to the target cell is described in detail in combination with several different situations. .
首先,如果所述UE确定的需要接入的目标小区为第一目标小区中的小区,若所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息中包含对所述UE的专用RRC资源配置信息(至少包括C-RNTI),则所述UE通过具有C-RNTI的随机接入过程接入所述目标小区并发送自动切换完成消息以完成自动切换。具体地,若所述目标小区为所述UE成功预留了C-RNTI以及空口无线资源(物理层专用信道资源、空口无线承载资源),则所述UE接入所述目标小区的过程与传统的自动切换过程相同,如图3所示,在此不再赘述。若所述目标小区仅仅为所述UE预留了C-RNTI,所述UE向所述目标小区发送自动切换完成消息,所述目标小区所属的基站接收到所述自动切换完成消息后可以发起RRC重配置消息,以对所述UE在所述目标小区的空口无线资源进行配置。First, if the target cell that the UE determines to access is the cell in the first target cell, if the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes a dedicated RRC resource configuration for the UE The information (including at least C-RNTI), the UE accesses the target cell through a random access procedure with C-RNTI and sends an automatic handover complete message to complete automatic handover. Specifically, if the target cell successfully reserves the C-RNTI and the air interface radio resource (the physical layer dedicated channel resource and the air interface radio bearer resource), the process and the traditional UE access the target cell The automatic switching process is the same, as shown in FIG. 3, and details are not described herein again. If the target cell only reserves the C-RNTI for the UE, the UE sends an automatic handover complete message to the target cell, and the base station to which the target cell belongs may initiate the RRC after receiving the automatic handover complete message. And reconfiguring the message to configure the air interface radio resource of the UE in the target cell.
若所述UE确定的需要接入的目标小区为第一目标小区中的小区但是所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息中不包含对所述UE的专用RRC资源配置信息(至少包括C-RNTI),或者所述UE确定的需要接入的目标小区为第二目标小区中的小区,则所述UE通过初始随机接入过程接入所述目标小区。如图4所示,与相关的RRC重建立过程类似,随机接入竞争解决成功后所述UE向所述目标小区所属的基站发送自动切换请求消息,所述UE在该自动切换请求消息中携带所述UE的身份验证信息(Short MAC-I)。需要说明的是,在该种情况下,由于所述目标小区已经具有所述的上下文信息(包括所述UE在原小区的C-RNTI和原小区物理小区标识),则所述自动切换请求消息中可以仅仅携带所述UE在该目标小区中的身份验证消息。所述目标小区所属的基站接收到该自动切换请求消息后,将所述UE的身份验证信息和所述UE的上下文信息中针对该目标小区的重建立信息的身份验证信息进行比对,若比对一致则向所述UE发送自动切换响应消息,以通知所述UE自动切换成功并应用针对该目标小区的重建立信息中的密钥;否则, 若比对不一致则向所述UE发送自动切换拒绝消息,以通知所述UE自动切换失败。在本公开一些实施例中,所述目标小区所属的基站在向所述UE发送所述自动切换响应消息后还可以发起RRC重配置消息对所述UE在所述目标小区的空口无线资源进行配置。If the target cell that needs to be accessed by the UE is a cell in the first target cell, but the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE does not include dedicated RRC resource configuration information for the UE ( At least the C-RNTI is included, or the target cell that the UE determines to access is the cell in the second target cell, and the UE accesses the target cell by using an initial random access procedure. As shown in FIG. 4, similar to the related RRC re-establishment process, after the random access competition is successfully solved, the UE sends an automatic handover request message to the base station to which the target cell belongs, where the UE carries the automatic handover request message. The authentication information (Short MAC-I) of the UE. It should be noted that, in this case, since the target cell already has the context information (including the C-RNTI of the UE and the original cell physical cell identifier of the UE), the automatic handover request message is Only the identity verification message of the UE in the target cell may be carried. After receiving the automatic handover request message, the base station to which the target cell belongs compares the identity verification information of the UE with the identity verification information of the re-establishment information of the target cell in the context information of the UE, if And sending an automatic handover response message to the UE to notify the UE that the automatic handover is successful and apply the key in the re-establishment information for the target cell; otherwise, if the comparison is inconsistent, the automatic handover is sent to the UE. The message is rejected to notify the UE that the automatic handover fails. In some embodiments of the present disclosure, the base station to which the target cell belongs may also initiate an RRC reconfiguration message after the automatic handover response message is sent to the UE, and configure the air interface radio resource of the target cell in the target cell. .
若所述UE确定的需要接入的目标小区既不是所述第一目标小区中的小区,也不是所述第二目标小区中的小区,所述UE通过初始随机接入过程接入该目标小区,则所述目标小区所属的基站需要从所述UE的原基站中获取所述UE的上下文信息。具体地,如图5所示,在随机接入竞争解决成功后所述UE向所述目标小区所属的基站发送自动切换请求消息,由于所述目标小区中没有所述UE的上下文信息所以,所述目标小区所属的基站接收到所述自动切换请求消息后获取所述UE在原小区的C-RNTI、原小区的物理小区标识,然后向所述UE的原基站发送UE上下文请求以请求从所述原基站获取所述UE的上下文信息,其中,所述UE上下文请求中至少携带UE在原基站的标识及所述UE在原小区的标识。所述UE在原基站的标识可以是X2AP标识、所述UE在原小区C-RNTI或者原小区的小区标识(例如物理小区标识或小区全局标识符ECGI(E-UTRAN小区全局标识符))。所述目标小区所属的基站将所述UE的身份验证信息和所述UE上下文中针对该目标小区的重建立信息的身份验证信息进行比对,若比对一致则向所述UE发送自动切换响应并应用上述UE在该目标小区的重建立信息中的密钥。否则,若比对不一致则向所述UE发送自动切换拒绝消息。在本公开一些实施例中,所述目标小区所属的基站在向所述UE发送所述自动切换响应消息后还可以发起RRC重配置消息对所述UE在所述目标小区的空口无线资源进行配置。If the target cell that the UE determines to access is neither the cell in the first target cell nor the cell in the second target cell, the UE accesses the target cell by using an initial random access procedure. The base station to which the target cell belongs needs to obtain the context information of the UE from the original base station of the UE. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 5, after the random access competition is successfully solved, the UE sends an automatic handover request message to the base station to which the target cell belongs, because the target cell does not have the context information of the UE, After receiving the automatic handover request message, the base station to which the target cell belongs acquires the C-RNTI of the original cell, the physical cell identifier of the original cell, and then sends a UE context request to the original base station of the UE to request the The original base station acquires the context information of the UE, where the UE context request carries at least the identifier of the original base station and the identifier of the UE in the original cell. The identifier of the UE in the original base station may be an X2AP identifier, a cell identifier of the UE in the original cell C-RNTI or an original cell (eg, a physical cell identifier or a cell global identifier ECGI (E-UTRAN cell global identifier)). The base station to which the target cell belongs compares the identity verification information of the UE with the identity verification information of the re-establishment information of the target cell in the UE context, and if the comparison is consistent, sends an automatic handover response to the UE. And applying the key of the UE in the re-establishment information of the target cell. Otherwise, if the comparison is inconsistent, an automatic handover reject message is sent to the UE. In some embodiments of the present disclosure, the base station to which the target cell belongs may also initiate an RRC reconfiguration message after the automatic handover response message is sent to the UE, and configure the air interface radio resource of the target cell in the target cell. .
在本公开的实施例中,不论所述UE选择的目标小区是上述哪一种类型,在所述目标小区所属的基站向所述UE发送自动切换响应消息之后,所述目标小区所属的基站向原基站发送自动切换指示消息,用于指示所述原基站开始数据前转。该自动切换指示消息至少携带有所述UE在所述原基站的标识。例如上述的X2AP标识、所述UE在原小区C-RNTI或者原小区的小区标识等。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the base station to which the target cell belongs is the original base station, after the base station to which the target cell belongs sends the automatic handover response message to the UE, regardless of the type of the target cell selected by the UE. The base station sends an automatic handover indication message for instructing the original base station to start data forwarding. The automatic handover indication message carries at least the identifier of the UE at the original base station. For example, the X2AP identifier described above, the UE in the original cell C-RNTI, or the cell identifier of the original cell, and the like.
在本公开的实施例中,UE接入的原基站向至少一个目标基站发送至少携带有所述UE的上下文信息以及目标小区指示信息的自动切换准备请求,其 中,所述目标小区指示信息用于指示所述至少一个目标基站根据所述目标小区指示信息对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制,所述UE的上下文信息用于指示所述至少一个目标基站在至少一个第二目标小区中保存所述UE的上下文信息;所述原基站接收所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息;若所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息中包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区信息,则所述原基站向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息,所述自动切换配置信息至少包括所述第一目标小区的小区标识。这样,所述UE接入的原基站能在自动切换前指示目标基站对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制,并将成功对UE进行自动切换接纳控制的小区指示给所述UE,便于UE对自动切换的目标小区选择进行优化,降低切换时延。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the original base station accessed by the UE sends an automatic handover preparation request that carries at least one context information of the UE and target cell indication information to at least one target base station, where the target cell indication information is used. Instructing the at least one target base station to perform automatic handover admission control on the UE according to the target cell indication information, where context information of the UE is used to indicate that the at least one target base station saves the at least one second target cell Context information of the UE; the original base station receives an automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station; and if the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station includes the method of successfully accepting the UE for automatic handover The target base station sends the automatic handover configuration information to the UE, where the automatic handover configuration information includes at least the cell identifier of the first target cell. In this way, the original base station that the UE accesses can indicate that the target base station performs automatic handover admission control on the UE before the automatic handover, and indicates the cell that successfully performs automatic handover admission control on the UE to the UE, so that the UE can automatically The target cell selection of the handover is optimized to reduce the handover delay.
参见图6,图6为本公开实施例提供的自动切换准备方法的流程示意图,该自动切换准备方法的执行主体为目标基站,如图6所示,所述方法包括如下步骤S601-S603。Referring to FIG. 6, FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of an automatic handover preparation method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. The execution body of the automatic handover preparation method is a target base station. As shown in FIG. 6, the method includes the following steps S601-S603.
步骤S601:目标基站接收用户终端UE接入的原基站发送的至少携带有所述UE的上下文信息以及目标小区指示信息的自动切换准备请求。Step S601: The target base station receives an automatic handover preparation request that is sent by the original base station accessed by the user terminal UE and carries at least the context information of the UE and the target cell indication information.
步骤S602:所述目标基站根据所述目标小区指示信息对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制,及所述目标基站根据所述UE的上下文信息在至少一个第二目标小区中保存所述UE的上下文信息。Step S602: The target base station performs automatic handover admission control on the UE according to the target cell indication information, and the target base station saves the context of the UE in at least one second target cell according to the context information of the UE. information.
步骤S603:所述目标基站向所述原基站发送自动切换准备响应消息,其中若所述目标基站成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换,则所述自动切换准备响应消息中包括成功为所述UE配置RRC资源的第一目标小区信息。可选地,所述目标基站向所述原基站发送所述自动切换准备响应消息之前,所述方法还包括:所述目标基站确定在所述至少一个目标小区中对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制是否成功。若目标小区属于下列(1)-(5)中任意一种情况,则所述目标基站确定在该目标小区中对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制失败:(1)所述目标小区不支持所述UE的公共陆地移动网络PLMN服务;(2)所述目标小区支持所述UE的PLMN服务但属于所述UE切换限制列表的禁止跟踪区forbidden TA;(3)所述目标小区不能成功接纳不提供最低的传输速率保证non-GBR类型的演进的无线接入承载E-RAB承载;(4)所 述目标基站在所述目标小区中为所述UE预留小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI失败;(5)所述目标基站在所述目标小区中为所述UE预留专用随机接入信道RACH资源且预留空口无线资源失败。Step S603: The target base station sends an automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station, where the automatic handover preparation response message includes successfully configuring the UE if the target base station successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover. First target cell information of the RRC resource. Optionally, before the target base station sends the automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station, the method further includes: determining, by the target base station, that the UE is automatically switched and accepted in the at least one target cell. Whether the control is successful. If the target cell belongs to any one of the following (1)-(5), the target base station determines that the automatic handover admission control fails for the UE in the target cell: (1) the target cell does not support the The public land mobile network (PLMN) service of the UE; (2) the target cell supports the PLMN service of the UE but belongs to the forbidden tracking area of the UE handover restriction list forbidden TA; (3) the target cell cannot successfully accept Providing a lowest transmission rate to ensure an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer of a non-GBR type; (4) the target base station fails to reserve a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI for the UE in the target cell (5) The target base station reserves a dedicated random access channel RACH resource for the UE in the target cell and fails to reserve air interface radio resources.
可选地,所述第一目标小区信息包括所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息。Optionally, the first target cell information includes RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
可选地,所述RRC资源配置信息包括所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源类型。所述RRC资源类型包括第一类型至第五类型。Optionally, the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE. The RRC resource type includes a first type to a fifth type.
第一类型:公共RRC资源配置。The first type: public RRC resource configuration.
第二类型:小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI配置。The second type: cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI configuration.
第三类型:C-RNTI配置和空口无线资源配置。The third type: C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration.
第四类型:C-RNTI配置和专用随机接入信道RACH资源配置。The fourth type: C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration.
第五类型:C-RNTI配置、空口无线资源配置和专用RACH资源配置。The fifth type: C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
可选地,所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息包括公共RRC资源配置信息和专用RRC资源配置信息中的至少一种,所述专用RRC资源配置信息至少包括所述UE在所述第一目标小区内的C-RNTI。Optionally, the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes at least one of a common RRC resource configuration information and a dedicated RRC resource configuration information, where the dedicated RRC resource configuration information includes at least the UE The C-RNTI in the first target cell.
可选地,所述专用RRC资源配置信息还包括以下的一种或多种:专用RACH资源、空口无线资源、演进的无线接入承载E-RAB承载资源、安全参数。Optionally, the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resource, and a security parameter.
可选地,所述目标基站向所述原基站发送所述自动切换准备响应消息的方式包括以下(1)和(2)中的至少一种:(1)将所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源放在所述自动切换准备响应消息中的S1应用协议S1AP或X2应用协议X2AP字段中发送给所述原基站;和(2)将所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源放在所述切换准备响应消息中的RRC透明容器Transparent Container字段中发送给所述原基站。Optionally, the manner in which the target base station sends the automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station includes at least one of the following (1) and (2): (1) the first target cell is The RRC resource configured by the UE is sent to the original base station in an S1 application protocol S1AP or X2 application protocol X2AP field in the automatic handover preparation response message; and (2) the first target cell is the UE The configured RRC resource is sent to the original base station in an RRC transparent container Transparent Container field in the handover preparation response message.
可选地,所述目标基站根据所述目标小区指示信息对所述UE进行RRC资源配置包括:若所述目标小区指示信息中包含所述目标基站下的至少一个小区的小区标识,则所述目标基站在所述至少一个目标小区中对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制;以及,若所述目标小区指示信息中不包含所述目标基站下小区的小区标识,则所述目标基站不对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制。Optionally, the RRC resource configuration of the UE by the target base station according to the target cell indication information includes: if the target cell indication information includes a cell identifier of at least one cell under the target base station, The target base station performs automatic handover admission control on the UE in the at least one target cell; and if the target cell indication information does not include the cell identifier of the cell under the target base station, the target base station does not The UE performs automatic handover admission control.
需要说明的是,图6所示的实施例可以是与图1所示的实施例对应的目标基站侧实施例,上述目标基站执行的相关步骤可以参见图1所示实施例中相关说明,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 may be the target base station side embodiment corresponding to the embodiment shown in FIG. 1. The related steps performed by the target base station may refer to the related description in the embodiment shown in FIG. I won't go into details here.
参见图7,图7是本公开实施例提供的自动切换准备方法的流程示意图。该自动切换准备方法的执行主体为UE,如图7所示,所述方法包括如下步骤S701-S702。Referring to FIG. 7, FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart diagram of an automatic handover preparation method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. The execution body of the automatic handover preparation method is a UE. As shown in FIG. 7, the method includes the following steps S701-S702.
步骤S701:用户终端UE接收原基站发送的自动切换配置信息。Step S701: The user terminal UE receives the automatic handover configuration information sent by the original base station.
步骤S702:若所述自动切换配置信息至少包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区的小区标识,则所述UE根据所述自动切换配置信息选择自动切换的目标小区。Step S702: If the automatic handover configuration information includes at least a cell identifier of the first target cell that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover, the UE selects an automatically switched target cell according to the automatic handover configuration information.
可选地,所述自动切换配置信息还包括所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息。Optionally, the automatic handover configuration information further includes RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
可选地,所述自动切换配置信息包括所述第一目标小区的小区标识以及保存所述UE上下文信息的第二目标小区的小区标识。Optionally, the automatic handover configuration information includes a cell identifier of the first target cell and a cell identifier of a second target cell that saves the UE context information.
所述UE根据所述自动切换配置信息选择自动切换的目标小区,包括:所述UE根据所述自动切换配置信息中的第一目标小区的小区标识以及所述第二目标小区的小区标识选择自动切换的目标小区。And selecting, by the UE, the target cell that is automatically switched according to the automatic handover configuration information, including: the UE automatically selecting, according to the cell identifier of the first target cell and the cell identifier of the second target cell, in the automatic handover configuration information. The target cell of the handover.
可选地,所述RRC资源配置信息包括所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源类型,所述RRC资源类型包括第一类型至第五类型。Optionally, the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes a first type to a fifth type.
第一类型:公共RRC资源配置。The first type: public RRC resource configuration.
第二类型:小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI配置。The second type: cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI configuration.
第三类型:C-RNTI配置和空口无线资源配置。The third type: C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration.
第四类型:C-RNTI配置和专用随机接入信道RACH资源配置。The fourth type: C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration.
第五类型:C-RNTI配置、空口无线资源配置和专用RACH资源配置。The fifth type: C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
可选地,所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息包括公共RRC资源配置信息和专用RRC资源配置信息中的至少一种,所述专用RRC资源配置信息至少包括所述UE在所述第一目标小区内的C-RNTI。Optionally, the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes at least one of a common RRC resource configuration information and a dedicated RRC resource configuration information, where the dedicated RRC resource configuration information includes at least the UE The C-RNTI in the first target cell.
可选地,所述专用RRC资源配置信息还包括以下的一种或多种:专用RACH资源、空口无线资源、演进的无线接入承载E-RAB承载资源、安全参 数。Optionally, the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resource, and a security parameter.
可选地,所述方法还包括:若所述自动切换配置信息不包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区的小区标识,且所述自动切换配置信息包括所述第二目标小区的小区标识,则所述UE根据所述自动切换配置信息中的所述第二目标小区的小区标识选择自动切换的目标小区。Optionally, the method further includes: if the automatic handover configuration information does not include a cell identifier of a first target cell that successfully accepts the UE to perform automatic handover, and the automatic handover configuration information includes the second target cell The UE identifies the target cell that is automatically switched according to the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration information.
可选地,所述UE根据所述自动切换配置信息选择自动切换的目标小区的步骤包括:所述UE优先选择所述第一目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区。Optionally, the step of the UE selecting an automatically switched target cell according to the automatic handover configuration information includes: the UE preferentially selecting the first target cell as a target cell for automatic handover.
可选地,若所述UE根据所述自动切换配置信息选择所述第一目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区,则所述方法还包括:若所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息中包含对所述UE的专用RRC资源配置信息,则所述UE通过发送自动切换完成消息来接入所述第一目标小区以完成自动切换;若所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息中不包含对所述UE的专用RRC资源配置信息,所述UE通过发送至少携带有所述UE在所述第一目标小区中的身份验证信息的自动切换请求消息来接入所述第一目标小区。Optionally, if the UE selects the first target cell as the target cell for automatic handover according to the automatic handover configuration information, the method further includes: if the first target cell is an RRC resource to the UE The configuration information includes dedicated RRC resource configuration information for the UE, and the UE accesses the first target cell by using an automatic handover complete message to complete automatic handover; if the first target cell is used for the UE The RRC resource configuration information does not include dedicated RRC resource configuration information for the UE, and the UE accesses by sending an automatic handover request message carrying at least the identity verification information of the UE in the first target cell. The first target cell.
可选地,所述UE根据所述自动切换配置中的第一目标小区的小区标识以及所述第二目标小区的小区标识选择自动切换的目标小区的步骤包括:所述UE优先选择所述第一目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区;若所述UE不能选择所述第一目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区,则所述UE优先选择所述第二目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区。Optionally, the step of the UE selecting an automatically switched target cell according to the cell identifier of the first target cell and the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration includes: the UE preferentially selecting the A target cell is used as the target cell for automatic handover; if the UE cannot select the first target cell as the target cell for automatic handover, the UE preferentially selects the second target cell as the target cell for automatic handover.
可选地,所述方法还包括:若所述UE根据所述自动切换配置信息选择所述第二目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区,则所述UE通过发送携带有所述UE在所述第二目标小区中的身份验证信息的自动切换请求消息接入所述第二目标小区。Optionally, the method further includes: if the UE selects the second target cell as the target cell for automatic handover according to the automatic handover configuration information, the UE transmits the UE by using the An automatic handover request message of the identity verification information in the two target cells accesses the second target cell.
可选地,所述UE根据所述自动切换配置信息中的所述第二目标小区的小区标识选择自动切换的目标小区的步骤包括:所述UE优先选择所述第二目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区。Optionally, the step of the UE selecting an automatically switched target cell according to the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration information includes: the UE preferentially selecting the second target cell as an automatic handover Target cell.
需要说明的是,图7所示的实施例可以是与图1所示的实施例对应的UE侧实施例,上述UE执行的相关步骤可以参见图1所示实施例中相关说明,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 may be a UE side embodiment corresponding to the embodiment shown in FIG. 1. The related steps performed by the UE may refer to the related description in the embodiment shown in FIG. Let me repeat.
参见图8,图8示出原基站的结构示意图。该原基站包括第一处理器800、第一收发机810、第一存储器820、第一用户接口830和第一总线接口840。Referring to FIG. 8, FIG. 8 shows a schematic structural diagram of an original base station. The original base station includes a first processor 800, a first transceiver 810, a first memory 820, a first user interface 830, and a first bus interface 840.
第一处理器800,用于读取第一存储器820中的程序,执行下列过程:向至少一个目标基站发送至少携带有所述接入所述第一基原基站的UE的上下文信息以及目标小区指示信息的自动切换准备请求,其中,所述目标小区指示信息用于指示所述至少一个目标基站根据所述目标小区指示信息对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制,所述UE的上下文信息用于指示所述至少一个目标基站在至少一个第二目标小区中保存所述UE的上下文信息;接收所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息;以及向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息,其中,若所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息中包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区信息,则所述自动切换配置信息至少包括所述第一目标小区的小区标识。The first processor 800 is configured to read a program in the first memory 820, and perform the following process: sending, to the at least one target base station, context information of the UE that carries the access to the first base original base station, and a target cell An automatic handover preparation request indicating information, where the target cell indication information is used to indicate that the at least one target base station performs automatic handover admission control on the UE according to the target cell indication information, where context information of the UE is used. Instructing the at least one target base station to save context information of the UE in at least one second target cell; receiving an automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station; and transmitting automatic handover configuration information to the UE, where If the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station includes the first target cell information that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover, the automatic handover configuration information includes at least the cell identifier of the first target cell. .
其中,在图8中,第一总线接口840可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由第一处理器800代表的一个或多个处理器和第一存储器820代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。第一总线接口840还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。第一总线接口840提供接口。第一收发机810可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和收发机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。第一处理器800负责管理第一总线接口840和通常的处理,第一存储器820可以存储第一处理器800在执行操作时所使用的数据。Wherein, in FIG. 8, the first bus interface 840 can include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by the first processor 800 and various circuits of the memory represented by the first memory 820. Linked together. The first bus interface 840 can also link various other circuits, such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, as is well known in the art, and therefore will not be further described herein. . The first bus interface 840 provides an interface. The first transceiver 810 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a transceiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium. The first processor 800 is responsible for managing the first bus interface 840 and the usual processing, and the first memory 820 can store data used by the first processor 800 when performing operations.
可选地,所述第一目标小区信息包括所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息。Optionally, the first target cell information includes RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
可选地,所述RRC资源配置信息包括所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源类型,所述RRC资源类型包括第一类型至第五类型。Optionally, the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes a first type to a fifth type.
第一类型:公共RRC资源配置。The first type: public RRC resource configuration.
第二类型:小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI配置。The second type: cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI configuration.
第三类型:C-RNTI配置和空口无线资源配置。The third type: C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration.
第四类型:C-RNTI配置和专用随机接入信道RACH资源配置。The fourth type: C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration.
第五类型:C-RNTI配置、空口无线资源配置和专用RACH资源配置。The fifth type: C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
可选地,所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息包括公共RRC资源配置信息和专用RRC资源配置信息中的至少一项,所述专用RRC资源配置信息至少包括所述UE在所述第一目标小区内的C-RNTI。Optionally, the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes at least one of a common RRC resource configuration information and a dedicated RRC resource configuration information, where the dedicated RRC resource configuration information includes at least the UE The C-RNTI in the first target cell.
可选地,所述专用RRC资源配置信息还包括以下的一种或多种:专用RACH资源、空口无线资源、演进的无线接入承载E-RAB承载资源、安全参数。Optionally, the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resource, and a security parameter.
可选地,所述第一处理器800向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息的方式包括以下(1)和(2)中的至少一种:(1)从所述自动切换准备响应消息中的S1应用协议S1AP或X2应用协议X2AP字段中获取所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源配置信息,并生成RRC消息发送给所述UE;和(2)将从所述自动切换准备响应消息的S1AP或X2AP字段中获取的RRC透明容器Transparent Container字段通过RRC消息发送给UE,其中,所述Transparent Container字段携带有所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源配置信息。Optionally, the manner in which the first processor 800 sends the automatic handover configuration information to the UE includes at least one of the following (1) and (2): (1) from the automatic handover preparation response message. Obtaining, in the S1 application protocol S1AP or the X2 application protocol X2AP field, the RRC resource configuration information configured by the first target cell for the UE, and generating an RRC message to be sent to the UE; and (2) preparing for the automatic handover The RRC transparent container Transparent Container field obtained in the S1AP or X2AP field of the response message is sent to the UE by using an RRC message, where the Transparent Container field carries the RRC resource configuration information configured by the first target cell for the UE.
可选地,所述第一处理器800向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息的方式包括所述处理器800将以下的一种或多种信息通过RRC重配置消息发送给所述UE:所述第一目标小区的小区标识、所述公共RRC资源配置信息、所述专用RRC资源配置信息中的所述UE在所述第一目标小区中的C-RNTI、所述专用RACH资源。Optionally, the manner in which the first processor 800 sends the automatic handover configuration information to the UE includes: the processor 800 sends one or more of the following information to the UE by using an RRC reconfiguration message: a cell identifier of the first target cell, the common RRC resource configuration information, a C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell, and the dedicated RACH resource in the dedicated RRC resource configuration information.
可选地,所述自动切换配置信息至少包括所述第一目标小区的小区标识以及第二目标小区的小区标识。Optionally, the automatic handover configuration information includes at least a cell identifier of the first target cell and a cell identifier of the second target cell.
可选地,所述UE的上下文信息包括以下的一种或多种:所述UE的安全能力信息、接入网安全密钥信息、所述UE的E-RAB承载信息、所述UE的切换限制列表、RRC上下文信息;其中,所述RRC上下文信息至少包括所述UE的能力信息。Optionally, the context information of the UE includes one or more of the following: security capability information of the UE, access network security key information, E-RAB bearer information of the UE, and handover of the UE. a restriction list, RRC context information; wherein the RRC context information includes at least capability information of the UE.
可选地,所述RRC上下文信息还包括以下的一种或多种:接入层配置、无线资源管理配置、接入层上下文;其中,所述接入层上下文包括在所述至少一个目标基站中的每个目标基站下针对至少一个重建立目标小区的所述UE的重建立信息。Optionally, the RRC context information further includes one or more of the following: an access layer configuration, a radio resource management configuration, and an access layer context, where the access layer context is included in the at least one target base station. Re-establishment information for the UE of at least one re-establishment target cell under each target base station.
可选地,在所述第一处理器800向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息之前,还用于:若所述UE的上下文信息中携带有所述接入层上下文,则所述原基站确定所述接入层上下文中的重建立目标小区为保存所述UE上下文信息的第二目标小区。Optionally, before the first processor 800 sends the automatic handover configuration information to the UE, the method is further configured to: if the context information of the UE carries the access layer context, the original base station determines The re-establishment target cell in the access layer context is a second target cell that saves the UE context information.
可选地,所述第一处理器800还用于向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息,其中,若所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息中不包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区信息,则所述自动切换配置信息包括所述第二目标小区的小区标识。Optionally, the first processor 800 is further configured to send the automatic handover configuration information to the UE, where the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station does not include automatically receiving the UE for automatic And switching the first target cell information, where the automatic handover configuration information includes a cell identifier of the second target cell.
需要说明的是,图8所示的实施例中的原基站可以是图1所示的实施例中的原基站,图1所示实施例中原基站的任意实施方式都可以被图8所示的实施例中的上述原基站所实现,以及达到相同的有益效果,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the original base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 may be the original base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 1. Any embodiment of the original base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 may be shown in FIG. The foregoing original base station in the embodiment is implemented, and the same beneficial effects are achieved, and details are not described herein again.
参见图9,图9示出目标基站的结构实体图。该目标基站包括第二处理器900、第二收发机910、第二存储器920、第二用户接口930和第二总线接口940。Referring to Figure 9, Figure 9 shows a structural entity diagram of the target base station. The target base station includes a second processor 900, a second transceiver 910, a second memory 920, a second user interface 930, and a second bus interface 940.
第二处理器900用于读取第二存储器920中的程序和数据,以执行下列过程:接收用户终端UE接入的原基站发送的至少携带有所述UE的上下文信息以及目标小区指示信息的自动切换准备请求;根据所述目标小区指示信息对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制,以及根据所述UE的上下文信息在至少一个第二目标小区中保存所述UE的上下文信息;以及,向所述原基站发送自动切换准备响应消息,其中若所述第二基站成功为所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制,则所述自动切换准备响应消息中包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区信息。The second processor 900 is configured to read the program and data in the second memory 920 to perform the following process: receiving, by the original base station accessed by the user equipment UE, at least the context information carrying the UE and the target cell indication information Automatically switching the preparation request; performing automatic handover admission control on the UE according to the target cell indication information, and saving context information of the UE in the at least one second target cell according to the context information of the UE; The original base station sends an automatic handover preparation response message, wherein if the second base station successfully performs automatic handover admission control for the UE, the automatic handover preparation response message includes a first target that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover. Cell information.
其中,在图9中,第二总线接口940可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由第二处理器900代表的一个或多个处理器和第二存储器920代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。第二总线接口940还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。第二总线接口940提供接口。第二收发机910可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和接收机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。第二处理器900负责管理总线架构 和通常的处理,第二存储器920可以存储第二处理器900在执行操作时所使用的数据。Wherein, in FIG. 9, the second bus interface 940 can include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, and in particular, various circuits of the memory represented by the one or more processors represented by the second processor 900 and the second memory 920. Linked together. The second bus interface 940 can also link various other circuits, such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, as is known in the art, and therefore will not be further described herein. . The second bus interface 940 provides an interface. The second transceiver 910 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium. The second processor 900 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and normal processing, and the second memory 920 can store data used by the second processor 900 when performing operations.
第二处理器900负责管理总线接口和通常的处理,第二存储器920可以存储第二处理器900在执行操作时所使用的数据。The second processor 900 is responsible for managing the bus interface and the usual processing, and the second memory 920 can store data used by the second processor 900 when performing operations.
可选地,所述第二处理器900向所述原基站发送所述自动切换准备响应消息之前,还用于:确定在所述至少一个目标小区中对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制是否成功。其中,若目标小区属于下列(1)-(5)中任意一种情况,则所述处理器确定在该目标小区中对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制失败:(1)所述目标小区不支持所述UE的公共陆地移动网络PLMN服务;(2)所述目标小区支持所述UE的PLMN服务但属于所述UE切换限制列表的禁止跟踪区forbidden TA;(3)所述目标小区不能成功接纳不提供最低的传输速率保证non-GBR类型的演进的无线接入承载E-RAB承载;(4)所述第二基站在所述目标小区中为所述UE预留小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI失败;(5)所述第二基站在所述目标小区中为所述UE预留专用随机接入信道RACH资源且预留空口无线资源失败。Optionally, before the sending, by the second processor 900, the automatic handover preparation response message, the second processor 900 is further configured to: determine whether the automatic handover admission control of the UE is successful in the at least one target cell. . If the target cell belongs to any one of the following (1)-(5), the processor determines that the automatic handover admission control fails for the UE in the target cell: (1) the target cell does not Supporting the public land mobile network PLMN service of the UE; (2) the target cell supports the PLMN service of the UE but belongs to the forbidden tracking area forbidden TA of the UE handover restriction list; (3) the target cell cannot succeed Accepting an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer that does not provide a minimum transmission rate guarantee non-GBR type; (4) the second base station reserves a cell radio network temporary identifier C for the UE in the target cell - RNTI fails; (5) the second base station reserves a dedicated random access channel RACH resource for the UE in the target cell and reserves air interface radio resources fails.
可选地,所述第一目标小区信息包括所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息。Optionally, the first target cell information includes RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
可选地,所述RRC资源配置信息包括所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源类型,所述RRC资源类型包括第一类型至第五类型。Optionally, the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes a first type to a fifth type.
第一类型:公共RRC资源配置。The first type: public RRC resource configuration.
第二类型:小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI配置。The second type: cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI configuration.
第三类型:C-RNTI配置和空口无线资源配置。The third type: C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration.
第四类型:C-RNTI配置和专用随机接入信道RACH资源配置。The fourth type: C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration.
第五类型:C-RNTI配置、空口无线资源配置和专用RACH资源配置。The fifth type: C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
可选地,所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息包括公共RRC资源配置信息和专用RRC资源配置信息中的至少一项,所述专用RRC资源配置信息至少包括所述UE在所述第一目标小区内的C-RNTI。Optionally, the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes at least one of a common RRC resource configuration information and a dedicated RRC resource configuration information, where the dedicated RRC resource configuration information includes at least the UE The C-RNTI in the first target cell.
可选地,所述专用RRC资源配置信息还包括以下的一种或多种:专用RACH资源、空口无线资源、演进的无线接入承载E-RAB承载资源、安全参 数。Optionally, the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resource, and a security parameter.
可选地,所述第二处理器900向所述原基站发送所述自动切换准备响应消息的方式包括以下(1)和(2)中的至少一种:(1)将所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源放在所述自动切换准备响应消息中的S1应用协议S1AP或X2应用协议X2AP字段中发送给所述原基站;和(2)将所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源放在所述切换准备响应消息中的RRC透明容器Transparent Container字段中发送给所述原基站。Optionally, the manner in which the second processor 900 sends the automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station includes at least one of the following (1) and (2): (1) the first target The RRC resource configured by the cell for the UE is sent to the original base station in an S1 application protocol S1AP or X2 application protocol X2AP field in the automatic handover preparation response message; and (2) the first target cell is The RRC resource configured by the UE is sent to the original base station in an RRC transparent container Transparent Container field in the handover preparation response message.
可选地,所述第二处理器900根据所述目标小区指示信息对所述UE进行RRC资源配置的步骤包括:若所述目标小区指示信息中包含所述目标基站下的至少一个小区的小区标识,则所述处理器在所述至少一个目标小区中对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制;以及,若所述目标小区指示信息中不包含所述目标基站下小区的小区标识,则所述处理器不对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制。Optionally, the step of the RRC resource configuration on the UE by the second processor 900 according to the target cell indication information includes: if the target cell indication information includes a cell of at least one cell under the target base station And the processor performs automatic handover admission control on the UE in the at least one target cell; and if the target cell indication information does not include a cell identifier of a cell under the target base station, The processor does not perform automatic handover admission control on the UE.
需要说明的是,图9所示的实施例中的目标基站可以图6所示的实施例中的目标基站,图6所示实施例中目标基站的任意实施方式都可以被图9所示实施例中的目标基站所实现,以及达到相同的有益效果,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the target base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 can be the target base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, and any implementation manner of the target base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 can be implemented as shown in FIG. The target base station in the example is implemented, and achieves the same beneficial effects, and details are not described herein again.
参见图10,图10是本公开实施例提供的UE的结构示意图。如图10所示,所述UE包括第三处理器1000、第三收发机1010、第三存储器1020、第三用户接口1030和第三总线接口1040。Referring to FIG. 10, FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 10, the UE includes a third processor 1000, a third transceiver 1010, a third memory 1020, a third user interface 1030, and a third bus interface 1040.
第三处理器1000用于读取第三存储器1020中的程序,执行下列过程:接收源原基站发送的自动切换配置信息;以及若所述自动切换配置信息至少包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区的小区标识,则根据所述自动切换配置信息选择自动切换的目标小区。The third processor 1000 is configured to read a program in the third memory 1020, and perform the following process: receiving automatic switching configuration information sent by the source original base station; and if the automatic switching configuration information includes at least successfully receiving the UE for automatic switching The cell identifier of the first target cell is selected according to the automatic handover configuration information, and the target cell that is automatically switched is selected.
其中,第三收发机1010用于在第三处理器1000的控制下接收和发送数据。The third transceiver 1010 is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the third processor 1000.
在图10中,第三总线接口1040可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由第三处理器1000代表的一个或多个处理器和第三存储器1020代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。第三总线接口1040还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域 所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。第三总线接口1040提供接口。第三收发机1010可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和接收机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。针对不同的用户设备,第三用户接口1030还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口,连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。In FIG. 10, the third bus interface 1040 can include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, in particular the various circuits of the memory represented by the one or more processors represented by the third processor 1000 and the third memory 1020. together. The third bus interface 1040 can also link various other circuits, such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, as is well known in the art, and therefore will not be further described herein. . The third bus interface 1040 provides an interface. The third transceiver 1010 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium. For different user equipments, the third user interface 1030 may also be an interface capable of externally connecting the required devices, including but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
第三处理器1000负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,第三存储器1020可以存储第三处理器1000在执行操作时所使用的数据。The third processor 1000 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and normal processing, and the third memory 1020 can store data used by the third processor 1000 when performing operations.
可选地,所述自动切换配置信息还包括所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息。Optionally, the automatic handover configuration information further includes RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
可选地,所述自动切换配置信息包括所述第一目标小区的小区标识以及保存所述UE上下文信息的第二目标小区的小区标识。所述第三处理器1000根据所述自动切换配置信息选择自动切换的目标小区,包括:根据所述自动切换配置信息中的第一目标小区的小区标识以及所述第二目标小区的小区标识选择自动切换的目标小区。Optionally, the automatic handover configuration information includes a cell identifier of the first target cell and a cell identifier of a second target cell that saves the UE context information. The third processor 1000 selects the target cell that is automatically switched according to the automatic handover configuration information, including: selecting, according to the cell identifier of the first target cell and the cell identifier of the second target cell, in the automatic handover configuration information. The target cell that is automatically switched.
可选地,所述RRC资源配置信息包括所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源类型,所述RRC资源类型包括第一类型至第五类型。Optionally, the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes a first type to a fifth type.
第一类型:公共RRC资源配置。The first type: public RRC resource configuration.
第二类型:小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI配置。The second type: cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI configuration.
第三类型:C-RNTI配置和空口无线资源配置。The third type: C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration.
第四类型:C-RNTI配置和专用随机接入信道RACH资源配置。The fourth type: C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration.
第五类型:C-RNTI配置、空口无线资源配置和专用RACH资源配置。The fifth type: C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
可选地,所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息包括公共RRC资源配置信息和专用RRC资源配置信息中的至少一种,所述专用RRC资源配置信息至少包括所述UE在所述第一目标小区内的C-RNTI。Optionally, the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes at least one of a common RRC resource configuration information and a dedicated RRC resource configuration information, where the dedicated RRC resource configuration information includes at least the UE The C-RNTI in the first target cell.
可选地,所述专用RRC资源配置信息还包括以下的一种或多种:专用RACH资源、空口无线资源、演进的无线接入承载E-RAB承载资源、安全参数。Optionally, the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resource, and a security parameter.
可选地,所述第三处理器1000还用于:若所述自动切换配置信息不包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区的小区标识,且所述自动切 换配置信息包括所述第二目标小区的小区标识,则根据所述自动切换配置信息中的所述第二目标小区的小区标识选择自动切换的目标小区。Optionally, the third processor 1000 is further configured to: if the automatic handover configuration information does not include a cell identifier of a first target cell that successfully accepts the UE to perform automatic handover, and the automatic handover configuration information includes And determining, by the cell identifier of the second target cell, the target cell that is automatically switched according to the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration information.
可选地,所述第三处理器1000根据所述自动切换配置信息选择自动切换的目标小区的步骤包括:优先选择所述第一目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区。Optionally, the step of the third processor 1000 selecting the target cell that is automatically switched according to the automatic handover configuration information includes: preferentially selecting the first target cell as a target cell for automatic handover.
可选地,所述第三处理器1000根据所述自动切换配置信息选择所述第一目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区,还用于:若所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息中包含对所述UE的专用RRC资源配置信息,则所述第三处理器通过发送自动切换完成消息接入所述第一目标小区以完成自动切换;以及若所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息中不包含对所述UE的专用RRC资源配置信息,则所述处理器通过发送至少携带有所述UE在所述第一目标小区中的身份验证信息的自动切换请求消息接入所述第一目标小区。Optionally, the third processor 1000 selects the first target cell as the target cell for automatic handover according to the automatic handover configuration information, and is further configured to: if the first target cell uses the RRC resource of the UE The configuration information includes dedicated RRC resource configuration information for the UE, where the third processor accesses the first target cell by sending an automatic handover complete message to complete automatic handover; and if the first target cell pair The RRC resource configuration information of the UE does not include the dedicated RRC resource configuration information for the UE, and the processor automatically transmits the identity verification information that carries at least the UE in the first target cell. The request message accesses the first target cell.
可选地,所述第三处理器1000根据所述自动切换配置中的第一目标小区的小区标识以及所述第二目标小区的小区标识选择自动切换的目标小区的步骤包括:优先选择所述第一目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区,若所述第三处理器不能选择所述第一目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区,则优先选择所述第二目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区。Optionally, the step that the third processor 1000 selects the automatically switched target cell according to the cell identifier of the first target cell and the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration includes: preferentially selecting the The first target cell is used as the target cell for automatic handover. If the third processor cannot select the first target cell as the target cell for automatic handover, the second target cell is preferentially selected as the target cell for automatic handover.
可选地,所述第三处理器1000还用于:若所述第三处理器根据所述自动切换配置信息选择所述第二目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区,则通过发送携带有所述UE在所述第二目标小区中的身份验证信息的自动切换请求消息接入所述第二目标小区。Optionally, the third processor 1000 is further configured to: if the third processor selects the second target cell as the target cell for automatic handover according to the automatic handover configuration information, An automatic handover request message of the identity verification information of the UE in the second target cell accesses the second target cell.
可选地,所述第三处理器1000根据所述自动切换配置信息中的所述第二目标小区的小区标识选择自动切换的目标小区的步骤包括:优先选择所述第二目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区。Optionally, the step of the third processor 1000 selecting an automatically switched target cell according to the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration information includes: preferentially selecting the second target cell as an automatic handover Target cell.
需要说明的是,图10所示的实施例中的上述UE可以是图7所示的实施例中的UE,图7所示实施例中UE的任意实施方式都可以被本实施例中的上述UE所实现,以及达到相同的有益效果,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the foregoing UE in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 may be the UE in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7. Any embodiment of the UE in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 may be the foregoing in the embodiment. The UE implements and achieves the same beneficial effects, and details are not described herein again.
参见图11,图11示出原基站的结构示意图。该原基站包括:第一发送模 块1101,配置为向至少一个目标基站发送至少携带有接入所述原基站的用户终端UE的上下文信息以及目标小区指示信息的自动切换准备请求,其中,所述目标小区指示信息用于指示所述至少一个目标基站根据所述目标小区指示信息对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制,所述UE的上下文信息用于指示所述至少一个目标基站在至少一个第二目标小区中保存所述UE的上下文信息;第一接收模块1102,配置为接收所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息;以及第一确定模块1103,配置为确定所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息是否包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区信息,其中若所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区信息,则所述第一发送模块1101向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息,所述自动切换配置信息至少包括所述第一目标小区的小区标识。Referring to FIG. 11, FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of an original base station. The original base station includes: a first sending module 1101, configured to send, to the at least one target base station, an automatic handover preparation request that carries at least the context information of the user terminal UE that accesses the original base station and the target cell indication information, where The target cell indication information is used to indicate that the at least one target base station performs automatic handover admission control on the UE according to the target cell indication information, where context information of the UE is used to indicate that the at least one target base station is in at least one second Storing the context information of the UE in the target cell; the first receiving module 1102 is configured to receive an automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station; and the first determining module 1103 is configured to determine the at least one target base station Whether the sent automatic handover preparation response message includes the first target cell information that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover, where the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station includes the first to successfully accept the UE for automatic handover. a target cell information, then the first transmission The module 1101 sends automatic handover configuration information to the UE, where the automatic handover configuration information includes at least a cell identifier of the first target cell.
可选地,所述第一目标小区信息包括所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息。Optionally, the first target cell information includes RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
可选地,所述RRC资源配置信息包括所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源类型,所述RRC资源类型包括第一类型至第五类型。Optionally, the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes a first type to a fifth type.
第一类型:公共RRC资源配置。The first type: public RRC resource configuration.
第二类型:小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI配置。The second type: cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI configuration.
第三类型:C-RNTI配置和空口无线资源配置。The third type: C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration.
第四类型:C-RNTI配置和专用随机接入信道RACH资源配置。The fourth type: C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration.
第五类型:C-RNTI配置、空口无线资源配置和专用RACH资源配置。The fifth type: C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
可选地,所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息包括公共RRC资源配置信息和专用RRC资源配置信息中的至少一项,所述专用RRC资源配置信息至少包括所述UE在所述第一目标小区内的C-RNTI。Optionally, the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes at least one of a common RRC resource configuration information and a dedicated RRC resource configuration information, where the dedicated RRC resource configuration information includes at least the UE The C-RNTI in the first target cell.
可选地,所述专用RRC资源配置信息还包括以下的一种或多种:专用RACH资源、空口无线资源、演进的无线接入承载E-RAB承载资源、安全参数。Optionally, the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resource, and a security parameter.
可选地,所述第一发送模块1101向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息的方式包括以下(1)和(2)中的至少一种:(1)从所述自动切换准备响应消息 中的S1应用协议S1AP或X2应用协议X2AP字段中获取所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源配置信息,并生成RRC消息发送给所述UE;和(2)将从所述自动切换准备响应消息的S1AP或X2AP字段中获取的RRC透明容器Transparent Container字段通过RRC消息发送给UE,其中,所述Transparent Container字段携带有所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源配置信息。Optionally, the manner in which the first sending module 1101 sends the automatic handover configuration information to the UE includes at least one of the following (1) and (2): (1) from the automatic handover preparation response message. Obtaining, in the S1 application protocol S1AP or the X2 application protocol X2AP field, the RRC resource configuration information configured by the first target cell for the UE, and generating an RRC message to be sent to the UE; and (2) preparing for the automatic handover The RRC transparent container Transparent Container field obtained in the S1AP or X2AP field of the response message is sent to the UE by using an RRC message, where the Transparent Container field carries the RRC resource configuration information configured by the first target cell for the UE.
可选地,所述第一发送模块1101向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息的方式包括所述第一发送模块1101将以下的一种或多种信息通过RRC重配置消息发送给所述UE:所述第一目标小区的小区标识、所述公共RRC资源配置信息、所述专用RRC资源配置信息中的所述UE在所述第一目标小区中的C-RNTI、所述专用RACH资源。Optionally, the first sending module 1101 sends the automatic switching configuration information to the UE, where the first sending module 1101 sends one or more of the following information to the UE by using an RRC reconfiguration message: a cell identifier of the first target cell, the common RRC resource configuration information, and a C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell and the dedicated RACH resource in the dedicated RRC resource configuration information.
可选地,所述自动切换配置信息至少包括所述第一目标小区的小区标识以及第二目标小区的小区标识。Optionally, the automatic handover configuration information includes at least a cell identifier of the first target cell and a cell identifier of the second target cell.
可选地,所述UE的上下文信息包括以下的一种或多种:所述UE的安全能力信息、接入网安全密钥信息、所述UE的E-RAB承载信息、所述UE的切换限制列表、RRC上下文信息;其中,所述RRC上下文信息至少包括所述UE的能力信息。Optionally, the context information of the UE includes one or more of the following: security capability information of the UE, access network security key information, E-RAB bearer information of the UE, and handover of the UE. a restriction list, RRC context information; wherein the RRC context information includes at least capability information of the UE.
可选地,所述RRC上下文信息还包括以下的一种或多种:接入层配置、无线资源管理配置、接入层上下文;其中,所述接入层上下文包括在所述至少一个目标基站中的每个目标基站下针对至少一个重建立目标小区的所述UE的重建立信息。Optionally, the RRC context information further includes one or more of the following: an access layer configuration, a radio resource management configuration, and an access layer context, where the access layer context is included in the at least one target base station. Re-establishment information for the UE of at least one re-establishment target cell under each target base station.
可选地,在所述第一发送模块1101向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息之前,所述第一确定模块1103还配置为:若所述UE的上下文信息中携带有所述接入层上下文,则确定所述接入层上下文中的重建立目标小区为保存所述UE上下文信息的第二目标小区。Optionally, before the first sending module 1101 sends the automatic switching configuration information to the UE, the first determining module 1103 is further configured to: if the context information of the UE carries the access layer context And determining, by the re-establishment target cell in the access layer context, a second target cell that saves the UE context information.
可选地,所述第一发送模块1101还用于向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息,其中,若所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息中不包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区信息,所述自动切换配置信息包括所述第二目标小区的小区标识。Optionally, the first sending module 1101 is further configured to send the automatic handover configuration information to the UE, where the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station does not include automatically receiving the UE for automatic The first target cell information that is switched, the automatic handover configuration information includes a cell identifier of the second target cell.
需要说明的是,图11所示的实施例中的原基站可以是图1所示的实施例中的原基站,图1所示实施例中原基站的任意实施方式都可以被图11所示的实施例中的上述原基站所实现,以及达到相同的有益效果,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the original base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 may be the original base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 1. Any embodiment of the original base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 may be shown in FIG. The foregoing original base station in the embodiment is implemented, and the same beneficial effects are achieved, and details are not described herein again.
参见图12,图12示出目标基站的结构实体图。该目标基站包括:第二接收模块1201,配置为接收用户终端UE接入的原基站发送的至少携带有所述UE的上下文信息以及目标小区指示信息的自动切换准备请求;第一配置模块1202,配置为根据所述目标小区指示信息对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制;第一保存模块1203,配置为根据所述UE的上下文信息在至少一个第二目标小区中保存所述UE的上下文信息;以及第二发送模块1204,配置为向所述原基站发送自动切换准备响应消息,其中,若所述目标基站成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换,则所述自动切换准备响应消息包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区信息。Referring to Figure 12, Figure 12 shows a structural entity diagram of a target base station. The target base station includes: a second receiving module 1201, configured to receive an automatic handover preparation request that is sent by the original base station that is accessed by the user terminal UE and that carries the context information of the UE and the target cell indication information; the first configuration module 1202, The first saving module 1203 is configured to save the context information of the UE in the at least one second target cell according to the context information of the UE, where the UE performs automatic handover admission control according to the target cell indication information. And the second sending module 1204 is configured to send an automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station, where the automatic handover preparation response message includes successfully accepting the automatic handover request response message if the target base station successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover. The UE performs first target cell information that is automatically switched.
可选地,所述目标基站进一步包括第二确定模块1205。所述第二确定模块1205配置为:所述第二发送模块1204向所述原基站发送所述自动切换准备响应消息之前,确定在所述至少一个目标小区中对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制是否成功。其中,若目标小区属于下列(1)-(5)中任意一种情况,则所述第二确定模块1205确定在该目标小区中对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制失败:(1)所述目标小区不支持所述UE的公共陆地移动网络PLMN服务;(2)所述目标小区支持所述UE的PLMN服务但属于所述UE切换限制列表的禁止跟踪区forbidden TA;(3)所述目标小区不能成功接纳不提供最低的传输速率保证non GBR类型的演进的无线接入承载E-RAB承载;(4)所述第二基站在所述目标小区中为所述UE预留小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI失败;(5)所述第二基站在所述目标小区中为所述UE预留专用随机接入信道RACH资源且预留空口无线资源失败。Optionally, the target base station further includes a second determining module 1205. The second determining module 1205 is configured to: before the second sending module 1204 sends the automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station, determine to perform automatic handover admission control on the UE in the at least one target cell. whether succeed. If the target cell belongs to any one of the following (1)-(5), the second determining module 1205 determines that the automatic handover admission control fails for the UE in the target cell: (1) The target cell does not support the public land mobile network PLMN service of the UE; (2) the target cell supports the PLMN service of the UE but belongs to the forbidden tracking area of the UE handover restriction list forbidden TA; (3) the target The cell cannot successfully accept the evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer that does not provide the lowest transmission rate guarantee non-GBR type; (4) the second base station reserves the cell radio network temporary for the UE in the target cell The C-RNTI fails to be identified; (5) the second base station reserves a dedicated random access channel RACH resource for the UE in the target cell and fails to reserve air interface radio resources.
可选地,所述第一目标小区信息包括所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息。Optionally, the first target cell information includes RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
可选地,所述RRC资源配置信息包括所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源类型,所述RRC资源类型包括第一类型至第五类型。Optionally, the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes a first type to a fifth type.
第一类型:公共RRC资源配置。The first type: public RRC resource configuration.
第二类型:小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI配置。The second type: cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI configuration.
第三类型:C-RNTI配置和空口无线资源配置。The third type: C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration.
第四类型:C-RNTI配置和专用随机接入信道RACH资源配置。The fourth type: C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration.
第五类型:C-RNTI配置、空口无线资源配置和专用RACH资源配置。The fifth type: C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
可选地,所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息包括公共RRC资源配置信息和专用RRC资源配置信息中的至少一项,所述专用RRC资源配置信息至少包括所述UE在所述第一目标小区内的C-RNTI。Optionally, the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes at least one of a common RRC resource configuration information and a dedicated RRC resource configuration information, where the dedicated RRC resource configuration information includes at least the UE The C-RNTI in the first target cell.
可选地,所述专用RRC资源配置信息还包括以下的一种或多种:专用RACH资源、空口无线资源、演进的无线接入承载E-RAB承载资源、安全参数。Optionally, the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resource, and a security parameter.
可选地,所述第二发送模块1204向所述原基站发送所述自动切换准备响应消息的方式包括以下(1)和(2)中的至少一种:(1)将所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源放在所述自动切换准备响应消息中的S1应用协议S1AP或X2应用协议X2AP字段中发送给所述原基站;和(2)将所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源放在所述切换准备响应消息中的RRC透明容器Transparent Container字段中发送给所述原基站。Optionally, the manner in which the second sending module 1204 sends the automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station includes at least one of the following (1) and (2): (1) the first target The RRC resource configured by the cell for the UE is sent to the original base station in an S1 application protocol S1AP or X2 application protocol X2AP field in the automatic handover preparation response message; and (2) the first target cell is The RRC resource configured by the UE is sent to the original base station in an RRC transparent container Transparent Container field in the handover preparation response message.
可选地,所述第一配置模块1202根据所述目标小区指示信息对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制包括:若所述目标小区指示信息中包含所述目标基站下的至少一个小区的小区标识,则所述第一配置模块1202在所述至少一个目标小区中对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制;以及,若所述目标小区指示信息中不包含所述目标基站下小区的小区标识,则所述第一配置模块1202不对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制。Optionally, the first configuration module 1202 performs automatic handover admission control on the UE according to the target cell indication information, including: if the target cell indication information includes a cell identifier of at least one cell under the target base station The first configuration module 1202 performs automatic handover admission control on the UE in the at least one target cell; and if the target cell indication information does not include the cell identifier of the cell under the target base station, The first configuration module 1202 does not perform automatic handover admission control on the UE.
需要说明的是,图12所示的实施例中的目标基站可以图6所示的实施例中的目标基站,图6所示实施例中目标基站的任意实施方式都可以被图12所示实施例中的目标基站所实现,以及达到相同的有益效果,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the target base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 can be the target base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, and any implementation manner of the target base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 can be implemented as shown in FIG. The target base station in the example is implemented, and achieves the same beneficial effects, and details are not described herein again.
参见图13,图13是本公开实施例提供的UE的结构示意图。如图13所示,所述UE包括:第三接收模块1301,配置为接收原基站发送的自动切换配置信息;第三确定模块1302,配置为确定所述自动切换配置信息是否包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区的小区标识;以及,第一选 择模块1303,配置为在所述自动切换配置信息包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区的小区标识的情况下,根据所述自动切换配置信息选择自动切换的目标小区。Referring to FIG. 13, FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 13, the UE includes: a third receiving module 1301 configured to receive automatic switching configuration information sent by the original base station; and a third determining module 1302 configured to determine whether the automatic switching configuration information includes successfully receiving the The cell identifier of the first target cell that is automatically switched by the UE; and the first selecting module 1303, configured to: when the automatic handover configuration information includes the cell identifier of the first target cell that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover And selecting, according to the automatic switching configuration information, a target cell that is automatically switched.
可选地,所述自动切换配置信息还包括所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息。Optionally, the automatic handover configuration information further includes RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
可选地,所述自动切换配置信息包括所述第一目标小区的小区标识以及保存所述UE上下文信息的第二目标小区的小区标识。所述第一选择模块1303根据所述自动切换配置信息选择自动切换的目标小区,包括:所述第一选择模块1303根据所述自动切换配置信息中的第一目标小区的小区标识以及所述第二目标小区的小区标识选择自动切换的目标小区。Optionally, the automatic handover configuration information includes a cell identifier of the first target cell and a cell identifier of a second target cell that saves the UE context information. The first selection module 1303 selects a target cell that is automatically switched according to the automatic handover configuration information, and includes: the first selection module 1303, according to the cell identifier of the first target cell in the automatic handover configuration information, and the The cell identifier of the two target cells selects the target cell that is automatically switched.
可选地,所述RRC资源配置信息包括所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源类型,所述RRC资源类型包括第一类型至第五类型。Optionally, the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes a first type to a fifth type.
第一类型:公共RRC资源配置。The first type: public RRC resource configuration.
第二类型:小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI配置。The second type: cell radio network temporary identification C-RNTI configuration.
第三类型:C-RNTI配置和空口无线资源配置。The third type: C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration.
第四类型:C-RNTI配置和专用随机接入信道RACH资源配置。The fourth type: C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration.
第五类型:C-RNTI配置、空口无线资源配置和专用RACH资源配置。The fifth type: C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
可选地,所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息包括公共RRC资源配置信息和专用RRC资源配置信息中的至少一种,所述专用RRC资源配置信息至少包括所述UE在所述第一目标小区内的C-RNTI。Optionally, the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes at least one of a common RRC resource configuration information and a dedicated RRC resource configuration information, where the dedicated RRC resource configuration information includes at least the UE The C-RNTI in the first target cell.
可选地,所述专用RRC资源配置信息还包括以下的一种或多种:专用RACH资源、空口无线资源、演进的无线接入承载E-RAB承载资源、安全参数。Optionally, the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resource, and a security parameter.
可选地,所述第一选择模块1303进一步配置为:若所述自动切换配置信息不包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区的小区标识,且所述自动切换配置信息包括所述第二目标小区的小区标识,则根据所述自动切换配置信息中的所述第二目标小区的小区标识选择自动切换的目标小区。Optionally, the first selection module 1303 is further configured to: if the automatic handover configuration information does not include a cell identifier of a first target cell that successfully accepts the UE to perform automatic handover, and the automatic handover configuration information includes And determining, by the cell identifier of the second target cell, the target cell that is automatically switched according to the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration information.
可选地,所述第一选择模块1303进一步配置为优先选择所述第一目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区。Optionally, the first selection module 1303 is further configured to preferentially select the first target cell as a target cell for automatic handover.
可选地,所述用户终端进一步包括第一接入模块1304,所述第一接入模块1304配置为:若所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息中包含对所述UE的专用RRC资源配置信息,则通过发送自动切换完成消息接入所述第一目标小区以完成自动切换;以及若所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息中不包含对所述UE的专用RRC资源配置信息,则通过发送至少携带有所述UE在所述第一目标小区中的身份验证信息的自动切换请求消息接入所述第一目标小区。Optionally, the user terminal further includes a first access module 1304, where the first access module 1304 is configured to: if the first target cell includes the pair of UEs in the RRC resource configuration information of the UE And the dedicated RRC resource configuration information is used to access the first target cell by using an automatic handover complete message to complete the automatic handover; and if the first target cell does not include the RRC resource configuration information of the UE The dedicated RRC resource configuration information of the UE accesses the first target cell by sending an automatic handover request message carrying at least the identity verification information of the UE in the first target cell.
可选地,所述第一选择模块1303进一步配置为:优先选择所述第一目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区,若不能选择所述第一目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区,则优先选择所述第二目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区。Optionally, the first selection module 1303 is further configured to: preferentially select the first target cell as a target cell for automatic handover, and if the first target cell cannot be selected as a target cell for automatic handover, preferentially select The second target cell is used as a target cell for automatic handover.
可选地,所述第一接入模块1304进一步配置为:若所述第一选择模块1303根据所述自动切换配置信息选择所述第二目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区,则通过发送携带有所述UE在所述第二目标小区中的身份验证信息的自动切换请求消息接入所述第二目标小区。Optionally, the first access module 1304 is further configured to: if the first selection module 1303 selects the second target cell as the target cell for automatic handover according to the automatic handover configuration information, An automatic handover request message of the identity verification information of the UE in the second target cell accesses the second target cell.
可选地,所述第一选择模块1303进一步配置为:优先选择所述第二目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区。Optionally, the first selection module 1303 is further configured to: preferentially select the second target cell as a target cell for automatic handover.
需要说明的是,图13所示的实施例中的上述UE可以是图7所示的实施例中的UE,图7所示实施例中UE的任意实施方式都可以被本实施例中的上述UE所实现,以及达到相同的有益效果,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the foregoing UE in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 may be the UE in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7. Any embodiment of the UE in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 may be the foregoing in the embodiment. The UE implements and achieves the same beneficial effects, and details are not described herein again.
在本公开提供的实施例中,用户终端UE接入的原基站向至少一个目标基站发送至少携带有所述UE的上下文信息以及目标小区指示信息的自动切换准备请求,其中,所述目标小区指示信息用于指示所述至少一个目标基站根据所述目标小区指示信息对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制,所述UE的上下文信息用于指示所述至少一个目标基站在至少一个第二目标小区中保存所述UE的上下文信息;所述原基站接收所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息;若所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息中包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区信息,则所述原基站向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息,所述自动切换配置信息至少包括所述第一目标小区的小区标识。这样,所述UE接入的原基站能在自动切换前指示目 标基站对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制,并将成功接纳UE进行自动切换的小区指示给所述UE,便于UE对自动切换的目标小区选择进行优化,降低切换时延。In an embodiment provided by the present disclosure, the original base station accessed by the user terminal UE transmits, to the at least one target base station, an automatic handover preparation request that carries at least the context information of the UE and the target cell indication information, where the target cell indication The information is used to indicate that the at least one target base station performs automatic handover admission control on the UE according to the target cell indication information, where context information of the UE is used to indicate that the at least one target base station is in at least one second target cell. And storing, by the original base station, an automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station; if the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station includes successfully receiving the UE for automatic And the original base station sends the automatic handover configuration information to the UE, where the automatic handover configuration information includes at least the cell identifier of the first target cell. In this way, the original base station that the UE accesses can indicate that the target base station performs automatic handover admission control on the UE before the automatic handover, and the cell that successfully accepts the UE to perform automatic handover is indicated to the UE, so that the UE can automatically switch. The target cell selection is optimized to reduce the handover delay.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露方法和装置,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed method and apparatus may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
另外,在本公开各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理包括,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用硬件加软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in various embodiments of the present disclosure may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may be physically included separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of hardware plus software functional units.
应理解,说明书通篇中提到的“一个实施例”或“一实施例”意味着与实施例有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本公开的至少一个实施例中。因此,在整个说明书各处出现的“在一个实施例中”或“在一实施例中”未必一定指相同的实施例。此外,这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。It is to be understood that the phrase "one embodiment" or "an embodiment" or "an" or "an" Thus, "in one embodiment" or "in an embodiment" or "an" In addition, these particular features, structures, or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments.
在本公开的各种实施例中,应理解,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本公开实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。In various embodiments of the present disclosure, it should be understood that the size of the serial numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be taken to the embodiments of the present disclosure. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
另外,本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常可互换使用。Additionally, the terms "system" and "network" are used interchangeably herein.
应理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be understood that the term "and/or" herein is merely an association relationship describing an associated object, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate that A exists separately, and A and B exist simultaneously. There are three cases of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.
在本申请所提供的实施例中,应理解,“与A相应的B”表示B与A相关联,根据A可以确定B。但还应理解,根据A确定B并不意味着仅仅根据 A确定B,还可以根据和/或其它信息确定B。In the embodiments provided herein, it should be understood that "B corresponding to A" means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined from A. However, it should also be understood that determining B from A does not mean that B is determined solely from A, and that B can also be determined based on and/or other information.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本公开的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present disclosure.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。A person skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the system, the device and the unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
在本申请所提供的实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the embodiments provided by the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本公开实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the embodiments of the present disclosure.
另外,在本公开各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in various embodiments of the present disclosure may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本公开的技术方案本质上或者说对相关技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本公开各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储 介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product. Based on such understanding, a portion of the technical solution of the present disclosure that contributes in essence or to the related art or a part of the technical solution may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium, including several The instructions are for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present disclosure. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes.
以上所述,仅为本公开的具体实施方式,但本公开的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本公开揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本公开的保护范围之内。因此,本公开的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only the specific embodiment of the present disclosure, but the scope of the present disclosure is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope of the disclosure. It should be covered within the scope of protection of the present disclosure. Therefore, the scope of protection of the disclosure should be determined by the scope of the claims.
本公开的实施例提供了A1、一种切换准备方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:用户终端UE接入的原基站向至少一个目标基站发送至少携带有所述UE的上下文信息以及目标小区指示信息的自动切换准备请求,其中,所述目标小区指示信息用于指示所述至少一个目标基站根据所述目标小区指示信息对所述UE进行无线资源控制RRC资源配置,所述UE的上下文信息用于指示所述至少一个目标基站在至少一个第二目标小区中保存所述UE的上下文信息;所述原基站接收所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息;若所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息中包括成功为所述UE配置RRC资源的第一目标小区信息,所述原基站向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息,所述自动切换配置信息至少包括所述第一目标小区的小区标识。An embodiment of the present disclosure provides an A1, a handover preparation method, where the method includes: the original base station accessed by the user equipment UE transmits, to the at least one target base station, context information carrying at least the UE and a target cell. An automatic handover preparation request indicating information, where the target cell indication information is used to indicate that the at least one target base station performs radio resource control RRC resource configuration on the UE according to the target cell indication information, and context information of the UE And indicating that the at least one target base station saves context information of the UE in the at least one second target cell; the original base station receives an automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station; if the at least one target The automatic handover preparation response message sent by the base station includes first target cell information for successfully configuring the RRC resource for the UE, and the original base station sends automatic handover configuration information to the UE, where the automatic handover configuration information includes at least the foregoing The cell identity of a target cell.
A2、如A1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一目标小区信息包括所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息。A2. The method of A1, wherein the first target cell information comprises RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
A3、如A2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述RRC资源配置信息包括所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源类型,所述RRC资源类型包括:第一类型:公共RRC资源配置;第二类型:小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI配置;第三类型:C-RNTI配置和空口无线资源配置;第四类型:C-RNTI配置和专用随机接入信道RACH资源配置;以及第五类型:C-RNTI配置、空口无线资源配置和专用RACH资源配置。A3. The method according to A2, wherein the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes: a first type: a public RRC resource. Configuration; second type: cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI configuration; third type: C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration; fourth type: C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration; Five types: C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
A4、如A2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息包括公共RRC资源配置信息和/或专用RRC资源配置信息,所述专用RRC资源配置信息至少包括所述UE在所述第一目标小区内的C-RNTI。A4. The method according to A2, wherein the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes common RRC resource configuration information and/or dedicated RRC resource configuration information, and the dedicated RRC resource configuration information. At least the C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell is included.
A5、如A4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述专用RRC资源配置信息还包 括以下的一种或多种:专用RACH资源、空口无线资源、演进的无线接入承载E-RAB承载资源、安全参数。The method of the A4, wherein the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resource, Safety parameters.
A6、如A2~A5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述原基站向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息的方式包括:从所述自动切换准备响应消息中的S1应用协议S1AP或X2应用协议X2AP字段中获取所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源配置信息,并生成RRC消息发送给所述UE;和/或将从所述自动切换准备响应消息的S1AP或X2AP字段中获取的RRC透明容器Transparent Container字段通过RRC消息发送给UE,其中,所述Transparent Container字段携带有所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源配置信息的RRC消息。The method of any one of A2 to A5, wherein the manner in which the original base station sends automatic handover configuration information to the UE includes: from an S1 application protocol S1AP in the automatic handover preparation response message or Acquiring RRC resource configuration information configured by the first target cell for the UE, and generating an RRC message to be sent to the UE; and/or S1AP or X2AP that will automatically prepare a preparation response message from the X2 application protocol X2AP field The RRC transparent container Transparent Container field obtained in the field is sent to the UE by using an RRC message, where the Transparent Container field carries an RRC message that the first target cell is the RRC resource configuration information configured by the UE.
A7、如A5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述原基站向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息的方式包括:所述原基站将以下的一种或多种信息通过RRC重配置消息中的移动性控制信息单元Mobility Control Info发送给所述UE:所述第一目标小区的小区标识、所述公共RRC资源配置信息、所述专用RRC资源配置信息中的所述UE在所述第一目标小区中的C-RNTI、所述专用RACH资源。A method according to A5, wherein the method for the original base station to send the automatic handover configuration information to the UE includes: the original base station passing the one or more of the following information in the RRC reconfiguration message. The mobility control information element Mobility Control Info is sent to the UE: the cell identifier of the first target cell, the common RRC resource configuration information, and the UE in the dedicated RRC resource configuration information is in the first target C-RNTI in the cell, the dedicated RACH resource.
A8、如A1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述自动切换配置信息包括所述第一目标小区的小区标识以及第二目标小区的小区标识。The method of A1, wherein the automatic handover configuration information includes a cell identifier of the first target cell and a cell identifier of the second target cell.
A9、如A8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UE的上下文信息包括以下的一种或多种:所述UE的安全能力信息、接入网安全密钥信息、所述UE的E-RAB承载信息、所述UE的切换限制列表、RRC上下文信息;其中,所述RRC上下文信息至少包括所述UE的能力信息。A9. The method according to A8, wherein the context information of the UE comprises one or more of the following: security capability information of the UE, access network security key information, E- of the UE The RAB bearer information, the handover restriction list of the UE, and the RRC context information; wherein the RRC context information includes at least capability information of the UE.
A10、如A9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述RRC上下文信息还包括以下的一种或多种:接入层配置、无线资源管理配置、接入层上下文;其中,所述接入层上下文包括针对所述至少一个目标基站中每个目标基站下的针对至少一个重建立目标小区的所述UE的重建立信息。The method of A9, wherein the RRC context information further includes one or more of the following: an access layer configuration, a radio resource management configuration, and an access layer context; wherein the access layer The context includes re-establishment information for the UE for at least one re-establishment target cell under each of the at least one target base station.
A11、如A10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述原基站向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息之前,所述方法还包括:若所述UE的上下文信息中携带有所述接入层上下文,所述原基站确定所述接入层上下文中的重建立目标小区 为保存所述UE上下文信息的第二目标小区。The method of the A10, the method of the A10, wherein, before the original base station sends the automatic handover configuration information to the UE, the method further includes: if the context information of the UE carries the access layer context And the original base station determines that the re-establishment target cell in the access layer context is a second target cell that saves the UE context information.
A12、如A1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:若所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息中不包括成功为所述UE配置RRC资源的第一目标小区信息,所述原基站向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息,其中,所述自动切换配置信息包括所述第二目标小区的小区标识。The method of A1, wherein the method further comprises: if the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station does not include the first target cell information that is configured to successfully configure the RRC resource for the UE And the original base station sends automatic handover configuration information to the UE, where the automatic handover configuration information includes a cell identifier of the second target cell.
B13、一种切换准备方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:目标基站接收用户终端UE接入的原基站发送的至少携带有所述UE的上下文信息以及目标小区指示信息的自动切换准备请求;B13. A handover preparation method, the method includes: the target base station receives an automatic handover preparation request that is sent by the original base station that is accessed by the user terminal UE, and that carries at least the context information of the UE and the target cell indication information;
所述目标基站根据所述目标小区指示信息对所述UE进行无线资源控制RRC资源配置,及所述目标基站根据所述UE的上下文信息在至少一个第二目标小区中保存所述UE的上下文信息;所述目标基站向所述原基站发送自动切换准备响应消息,若所述目标基站成功为所述UE进行RRC资源配置,所述自动切换准备响应消息中包括成功为所述UE配置RRC资源的第一目标小区信息。The target base station performs radio resource control RRC resource configuration on the UE according to the target cell indication information, and the target base station saves context information of the UE in at least one second target cell according to the context information of the UE. The target base station sends an automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station, and if the target base station successfully performs RRC resource configuration for the UE, the automatic handover preparation response message includes successfully configuring RRC resources for the UE. First target cell information.
B14、如B13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标基站向所述原基站发送所述自动切换准备响应消息之前,所述方法还包括:所述目标基站确定在所述至少一个目标小区中对所述UE进行RRC资源配置是否成功;其中,若目标小区属于下列任意一种情况,所述目标基站确定在该目标小区中对所述UE进行RRC资源配置失败:所述目标小区不支持所述UE的公共陆地移动网络PLMN服务;或者所述目标小区支持所述UE的PLMN服务但属于所述UE切换限制列表的禁止跟踪区forbidden TA;或者所述目标小区不能成功接纳不提供最低的传输速率保证non GBR类型的演进的无线接入承载E-RAB承载;或者所述目标基站在所述目标小区中为所述UE预留小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI失败;或者所述目标基站在所述目标小区中为所述UE预留专用随机接入信道RACH资源且预留空口无线资源失败。The method of B13, wherein, before the target base station sends the automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station, the method further includes: determining, by the target base station, the at least one target cell Whether the RRC resource configuration is successful for the UE; wherein, if the target cell belongs to any of the following conditions, the target base station determines that the RRC resource configuration fails for the UE in the target cell: the target cell does not support The public land mobile network PLMN service of the UE; or the target cell supports the PLMN service of the UE but belongs to the forbidden tracking area forbidden TA of the UE handover restriction list; or the target cell cannot successfully accept the lowest provided The transmission rate guarantees that the evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer of the non-GBR type; or the target base station fails to reserve the cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI for the UE in the target cell; or the target base station Reserving a dedicated random access channel RACH resource for the UE in the target cell and reserving the air interface radio resource fails.
B15、如B13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一目标小区信息包括所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息。The method of B13, wherein the first target cell information includes RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
B16、如B15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述RRC资源配置信息包括所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源类型,所述RRC资源类型包括: 第一类型:公共RRC资源配置;第二类型:小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI配置;第三类型:C-RNTI配置和空口无线资源配置;第四类型:C-RNTI配置和专用随机接入信道RACH资源配置;以及第五类型:C-RNTI配置、空口无线资源配置和专用RACH资源配置。The method of the B15, wherein the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes: a first type: a public RRC resource Configuration; second type: cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI configuration; third type: C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration; fourth type: C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration; Five types: C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
B17、如B15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息包括公共RRC资源配置信息和/或专用RRC资源配置信息,所述专用RRC资源配置信息至少包括所述UE在所述第一目标小区内的C-RNTI。The method of B15, wherein the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes common RRC resource configuration information and/or dedicated RRC resource configuration information, and the dedicated RRC resource configuration information. At least the C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell is included.
B18、如B17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述专用RRC资源配置信息还包括以下的一种或多种:专用RACH资源、空口无线资源、演进的无线接入承载E-RAB承载资源、安全参数。The method of the B17, wherein the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resource, Safety parameters.
B19、如B15~B18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标基站向所述原基站发送所述自动切换准备响应消息的方式包括:将所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源放在所述自动切换准备响应消息中的S1应用协议S1AP或X2应用协议X2AP字段中发送给所述原基站;和/或将所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源封装成RRC消息放在所述切换准备响应消息中的RRC透明容器Transparent Container字段中发送给所述原基站。The method of any one of B15 to B18, wherein the method for the target base station to send the automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station comprises: using the first target cell as the UE The configured RRC resource is sent to the original base station in an S1 application protocol S1AP or X2 application protocol X2AP field in the automatic handover preparation response message; and/or an RRC configured by the first target cell as the UE The resource is encapsulated into an RRC message and sent to the original base station in an RRC transparent container Transparent Container field in the handover preparation response message.
B20、如B13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标基站根据所述目标小区指示信息对所述UE进行RRC资源配置的步骤包括:若所述目标小区指示信息中包含所述目标基站下的至少一个小区的小区标识,所述目标基站在所述至少一个目标小区中对所述UE进行RRC资源配置;若所述目标小区指示信息中不包含所述目标基站下小区的小区标识,所述目标基站不对所述UE进行RRC资源配置。The method of B13, wherein the step of performing RRC resource configuration on the UE by the target base station according to the target cell indication information includes: if the target cell indication information includes the target base station The cell identifier of the at least one cell, the target base station performs RRC resource configuration on the UE in the at least one target cell; if the target cell indication information does not include the cell identifier of the cell under the target base station, The target base station does not perform RRC resource configuration on the UE.
C21、一种切换准备方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:用户终端UE接收原基站发送的自动切换配置信息;若所述自动切换配置信息至少包括成功为所述UE配置无线资源控制RRC资源的第一目标小区的小区标识,所述UE根据所述自动切换配置信息选择自动切换的目标小区。C21. A handover preparation method, where the method includes: the user terminal UE receives the automatic handover configuration information sent by the original base station; and if the automatic handover configuration information includes at least successfully configuring the radio resource control RRC resource for the UE The cell identifier of the first target cell, and the UE selects the target cell that is automatically switched according to the automatic handover configuration information.
C22、如C21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述自动切换配置信息还包括所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息。The method of C21, wherein the automatic handover configuration information further includes RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
C23、如C21或C22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述自动切换配置信息包括所述第一目标小区的小区标识以及保存所述UE上下文信息的第二目标小区的小区标识;所述UE根据所述自动切换配置信息选择自动切换的目标小区,包括:所述UE根据所述自动切换配置信息中的第一目标小区的小区标识以及所述第二目标小区的小区标识选择自动切换的目标小区。The method of C21 or C22, wherein the automatic handover configuration information includes a cell identifier of the first target cell and a cell identifier of a second target cell that saves the UE context information; Selecting the target cell for automatic handover according to the automatic handover configuration information, including: the UE selecting an automatic handover target according to the cell identifier of the first target cell and the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration information Community.
C24、如C22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述RRC资源配置信息包括所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源类型,所述RRC资源类型包括:第一类型:公共RRC资源配置;第二类型:小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI配置;第三类型:C-RNTI配置和空口无线资源配置;第四类型:C-RNTI配置和专用随机接入信道RACH资源配置;以及第五类型:C-RNTI配置、空口无线资源配置和专用RACH资源配置。The method of C22, wherein the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes: a first type: a public RRC resource. Configuration; second type: cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI configuration; third type: C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration; fourth type: C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration; Five types: C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
C25、如C22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息包括公共RRC资源配置信息和/或专用RRC资源配置信息,所述专用RRC资源配置信息至少包括所述UE在所述第一目标小区内的C-RNTI。The method of C22, wherein the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes common RRC resource configuration information and/or dedicated RRC resource configuration information, and the dedicated RRC resource configuration information. At least the C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell is included.
C26、如C25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述专用RRC资源配置信息还包括以下的一种或多种:专用RACH资源、空口无线资源、演进的无线接入承载E-RAB承载资源、安全参数。The method of C25, wherein the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resource, Safety parameters.
C27、如C21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:若所述自动切换配置信息不包括成功为所述UE配置RRC资源的第一目标小区的小区标识,且所述自动切换配置信息包括所述第二目标小区的小区标识,所述UE根据所述自动切换配置信息中的所述第二目标小区的小区标识选择自动切换的目标小区。The method of C21, wherein the method further comprises: if the automatic handover configuration information does not include a cell identifier of a first target cell that successfully configures an RRC resource for the UE, and the automatic handover The configuration information includes a cell identifier of the second target cell, and the UE selects an automatically switched target cell according to the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration information.
C28、如C21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UE根据所述自动切换配置信息选择自动切换的目标小区的步骤包括:所述UE优先选择所述第一目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区。The method of C21, wherein the step of the UE selecting the automatically switched target cell according to the automatic handover configuration information comprises: the UE preferentially selecting the first target cell as a target cell for automatic handover. .
C29、如C22所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述UE根据所述自动切换配置信息选择所述第一目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区,所述方法还包括:若所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息中包含所述UE在所述 第一目标小区的C-RNTI,所述UE通过发送自动切换完成消息接入所述第一目标小区以完成自动切换;若所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息中不包含所述UE在所述第一目标小区的C-RNTI,所述UE通过发送至少携带有所述UE在所述第一目标小区中的身份验证信息的自动切换请求消息接入所述第一目标小区。The method of C22, wherein, if the UE selects the first target cell as the target cell for automatic handover according to the automatic handover configuration information, the method further includes: if the first target The RRC resource configuration information of the UE to the UE includes the C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell, and the UE accesses the first target cell by sending an automatic handover complete message to complete automatic handover; The RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE does not include the C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell, and the UE transmits at least the UE in the first target by sending An automatic handover request message of the identity verification information in the cell accesses the first target cell.
C30、如C23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UE根据所述自动切换配置中的第一目标小区的小区标识以及所述第二目标小区的小区标识选择自动切换的目标小区的步骤包括:所述UE优先选择所述第一目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区,若所述UE不能选择所述第一目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区,则所述UE优先选择所述第二目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区。The method of C23, wherein the step of selecting, by the UE, the automatically switched target cell according to the cell identifier of the first target cell and the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration comprises: The UE preferentially selects the first target cell as a target cell for automatic handover, and if the UE cannot select the first target cell as a target cell for automatic handover, the UE preferentially selects the second target cell. As the target cell for automatic handover.
C31、如C23或C27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:若所述UE根据所述自动切换配置信息选择所述第二目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区,所述UE通过发送携带有所述UE在所述第二目标小区中的身份验证信息的自动切换请求消息接入所述第二目标小区。The method of C23 or C27, wherein the method further comprises: if the UE selects the second target cell as a target cell for automatic handover according to the automatic handover configuration information, the UE passes And sending an automatic handover request message carrying the identity verification information of the UE in the second target cell to access the second target cell.
C32、如C27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UE根据所述自动切换配置信息中的所述第二目标小区的小区标识选择自动切换的目标小区的步骤包括:所述UE优先选择所述第二目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区。The method according to C27, wherein the step of the UE selecting an automatically switched target cell according to the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration information comprises: the UE preferentially selecting a location The second target cell is used as a target cell for automatic handover.
D33、一种第一基站,所述第一基站为原基站,所述第一基站包括处理器、收发机、存储器、用户接口以及网络接口,其特征在于,所述处理器用于:向至少一个目标基站发送至少携带有所述接入所述第一基站的UE的上下文信息以及目标小区指示信息的自动切换准备请求,其中,所述目标小区指示信息用于指示所述至少一个目标基站根据所述目标小区指示信息对所述UE进行无线资源控制RRC资源配置,所述UE的上下文信息用于指示所述至少一个目标基站在至少一个第二目标小区中保存所述UE的上下文信息;接收所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息;向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息,其中,若所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息中包括成功为所述UE配置RRC资源的第一目标小区信息,所述自动切换配置信息至少包括所述第一目标小区的小区标识。D33. A first base station, where the first base station is an original base station, where the first base station includes a processor, a transceiver, a memory, a user interface, and a network interface, where the processor is configured to: at least one The target base station sends an automatic handover preparation request that carries at least the context information of the UE that accesses the first base station and the target cell indication information, where the target cell indication information is used to indicate that the at least one target base station is configured according to the The target cell indication information is used to perform radio resource control RRC resource configuration on the UE, and the context information of the UE is used to indicate that the at least one target base station saves context information of the UE in at least one second target cell; An automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station; and the automatic handover configuration information is sent to the UE, where the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station includes successfully configuring the RRC resource for the UE. First target cell information, where the automatic handover configuration information includes at least the first target Area cell identity.
D34、如D33所述的第一基站,其特征在于,所述第一目标小区信息包 括所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息。D34. The first base station according to D33, wherein the first target cell information includes RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
D35、如D34所述的第一基站,其特征在于,所述RRC资源配置信息包括所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源类型,所述RRC资源类型包括:第一类型:公共RRC资源配置;第二类型:小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI配置;第三类型:C-RNTI配置和空口无线资源配置;第四类型:C-RNTI配置和专用随机接入信道RACH资源配置;以及第五类型:C-RNTI配置、空口无线资源配置和专用RACH资源配置。D35. The first base station according to D34, wherein the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes: a first type: a public RRC resource configuration; second type: cell radio network temporary identity C-RNTI configuration; third type: C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration; fourth type: C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration; And the fifth type: C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
D36、如D34所述的第一基站,其特征在于,所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息包括公共RRC资源配置信息和/或专用RRC资源配置信息,所述专用RRC资源配置信息至少包括所述UE在所述第一目标小区内的C-RNTI。D36. The first base station according to D34, wherein the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes common RRC resource configuration information and/or dedicated RRC resource configuration information, where the dedicated RRC resource is used. The configuration information includes at least a C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell.
D37、如D36所述的第一基站,其特征在于,所述专用RRC资源配置信息还包括以下的一种或多种:专用RACH资源、空口无线资源、演进的无线接入承载E-RAB承载资源、安全参数。D37. The first base station according to D36, wherein the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, and an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer. Resources, security parameters.
D38、如D34~D37任一项所述的第一基站,其特征在于,所述处理器向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息的方式包括:从所述自动切换准备响应消息中的S1应用协议S1AP或X2应用协议X2AP字段中获取所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源配置信息,并生成RRC消息发送给所述UE;和/或将从所述自动切换准备响应消息的S1AP或X2AP字段中获取的RRC透明容器Transparent Container字段通过RRC消息发送给UE,其中,所述Transparent Container字段携带有所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源配置信息的RRC消息。The first base station according to any one of D34 to D37, wherein the manner in which the processor sends the automatic handover configuration information to the UE comprises: an S1 application protocol in the automatic handover preparation response message. Acquiring RRC resource configuration information configured by the first target cell for the UE in an S1AP or X2 application protocol X2AP field, and generating an RRC message to be sent to the UE; and/or an S1AP that will automatically prepare a preparation response message from the handover Or the RRC transparent container Transparent Container field obtained in the X2AP field is sent to the UE by using an RRC message, where the Transparent Container field carries an RRC message that the first target cell is the RRC resource configuration information configured by the UE.
D39、如D37所述的第一基站,其特征在于,所述处理器向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息的方式包括:所述处理器将以下的一种或多种信息通过RRC重配置消息中的移动性控制信息单元Mobility Control Info发送给所述UE:所述第一目标小区的小区标识、所述公共RRC资源配置信息、所述专用RRC资源配置信息中的所述UE在所述第一目标小区中的C-RNTI、所述专用RACH资源。D39. The first base station according to D37, wherein the manner in which the processor sends the automatic handover configuration information to the UE comprises: the processor adopting one or more of the following information to pass the RRC reconfiguration message. The mobility control information unit Mobility Control Info is sent to the UE: the cell identifier of the first target cell, the common RRC resource configuration information, and the UE in the dedicated RRC resource configuration information is in the a C-RNTI in a target cell, the dedicated RACH resource.
D40、如D33所述的第一基站,其特征在于,所述自动切换配置信息包 括所述第一目标小区的小区标识以及第二目标小区的小区标识。D40. The first base station according to D33, wherein the automatic handover configuration information includes a cell identifier of the first target cell and a cell identifier of the second target cell.
D41、如D40所述的第一基站,其特征在于,所述UE的上下文信息包括以下的一种或多种:所述UE的安全能力信息、接入网安全密钥信息、所述UE的E-RAB承载信息、所述UE的切换限制列表、RRC上下文信息;其中,所述RRC上下文信息至少包括所述UE的能力信息。The first base station according to D40, wherein the context information of the UE includes one or more of the following: security capability information of the UE, access network security key information, and the UE E-RAB bearer information, a handover restriction list of the UE, and RRC context information; wherein the RRC context information includes at least capability information of the UE.
D42、如D41所述的第一基站,其特征在于,所述RRC上下文信息还包括以下的一种或多种:接入层配置、无线资源管理配置、接入层上下文;其中,所述接入层上下文包括针对所述至少一个目标基站中每个目标基站下的针对至少一个重建立目标小区的所述UE的重建立信息。The first base station according to D41, wherein the RRC context information further includes one or more of the following: an access layer configuration, a radio resource management configuration, and an access layer context; wherein the The inbound layer context includes re-establishment information for the UE for at least one re-establishment target cell under each of the at least one target base station.
D43、如D42所述的第一基站,其特征在于,所述处理器向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息之前,还用于:若所述UE的上下文信息中携带有所述接入层上下文,所述原基站确定所述接入层上下文中的重建立目标小区为保存所述UE上下文信息的第二目标小区。The first base station according to D42, wherein, before the sending the automatic handover configuration information to the UE, the processor is further configured to: if the context information of the UE carries the access layer context And the original base station determines that the re-establishment target cell in the access layer context is a second target cell that saves the UE context information.
D44、如D33所述的第一基站,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于:向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息,其中,若所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息中不包括成功为所述UE配置RRC资源的第一目标小区信息,所述自动切换配置信息包括所述第二目标小区的小区标识。The first base station according to D33, wherein the processor is further configured to: send automatic handover configuration information to the UE, where, if the at least one target base station sends an automatic handover preparation response message, The first target cell information that successfully configures the RRC resource for the UE is not included, and the automatic handover configuration information includes a cell identifier of the second target cell.
E45、一种第二基站,所述第二基站为目标基站,所述第二基站包括处理器、收发机、存储器、用户接口以及网络接口,其特征在于,所述处理器用于:接收用户终端UE接入的原基站发送的至少携带有所述UE的上下文信息以及目标小区指示信息的自动切换准备请求;根据所述目标小区指示信息对所述UE进行无线资源控制RRC资源配置,及根据所述UE的上下文信息在至少一个第二目标小区中保存所述UE的上下文信息;向所述原基站发送自动切换准备响应消息,若所述第二基站成功为所述UE进行RRC资源配置,所述自动切换准备响应消息中包括成功为所述UE配置RRC资源的第一目标小区信息。E45. A second base station, where the second base station is a target base station, where the second base station includes a processor, a transceiver, a memory, a user interface, and a network interface, where the processor is configured to: receive a user terminal. An automatic handover preparation request that carries the context information of the UE and the target cell indication information that is sent by the original base station that is accessed by the UE; performs radio resource control RRC resource configuration on the UE according to the target cell indication information, and The context information of the UE is used to store the context information of the UE in the at least one second target cell; the automatic handover preparation response message is sent to the original base station, and if the second base station successfully performs RRC resource configuration for the UE, The automatic handover preparation response message includes first target cell information that successfully configures the RRC resource for the UE.
E46、如E45所述的第二基站,其特征在于,所述处理器向所述原基站发送所述自动切换准备响应消息之前,还用于:确定在所述至少一个目标小区中对所述UE进行RRC资源配置是否成功;其中,若目标小区属于下列任 意一种情况,所述处理器确定在该目标小区中对所述UE进行RRC资源配置失败:所述目标小区不支持所述UE的公共陆地移动网络PLMN服务;或者所述目标小区支持所述UE的PLMN服务但属于所述UE切换限制列表的禁止跟踪区forbidden TA;或者所述目标小区不能成功接纳不提供最低的传输速率保证non GBR类型的演进的无线接入承载E-RAB承载;或者所述第二基站在所述目标小区中为所述UE预留小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI失败;或者所述第二基站在所述目标小区中为所述UE预留专用随机接入信道RACH资源且预留空口无线资源失败。The second base station according to E45, wherein before the sending, by the processor, the automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station, the method is further configured to: determine, in the at least one target cell, the Whether the RRC resource configuration is successful by the UE; wherein, if the target cell belongs to any of the following conditions, the processor determines that the RRC resource configuration fails to be performed on the UE in the target cell: the target cell does not support the UE Public land mobile network PLMN service; or the target cell supports the PLMN service of the UE but belongs to the forbidden tracking area forbidden TA of the UE handover restriction list; or the target cell cannot successfully accept the lowest transmission rate guarantee non The evolved radio access of the GBR type carries the E-RAB bearer; or the second base station fails to reserve the cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI for the UE in the target cell; or the second base station is in the In the target cell, the dedicated random access channel RACH resource is reserved for the UE, and the air interface radio resource is reserved.
E47、如E45所述的第二基站,其特征在于,所述第一目标小区信息包括所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息。The second base station according to E45, wherein the first target cell information includes RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
E48、如E47所述的第二基站,其特征在于,所述RRC资源配置信息包括所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源类型,所述RRC资源类型包括:第一类型:公共RRC资源配置;第二类型:小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI配置;第三类型:C-RNTI配置和空口无线资源配置;第四类型:C-RNTI配置和专用随机接入信道RACH资源配置;以及第五类型:C-RNTI配置、空口无线资源配置和专用RACH资源配置。The eNB, the RRC resource configuration information includes: the RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, where the RRC resource type includes: a first type: public RRC resource configuration; second type: cell radio network temporary identity C-RNTI configuration; third type: C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration; fourth type: C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration; And the fifth type: C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
E49、如E47所述的第二基站,其特征在于,所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息包括公共RRC资源配置信息和/或专用RRC资源配置信息,所述专用RRC资源配置信息至少包括所述UE在所述第一目标小区内的C-RNTI。The second base station according to E47, wherein the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes common RRC resource configuration information and/or dedicated RRC resource configuration information, and the dedicated RRC resource The configuration information includes at least a C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell.
E50、如E49所述的第二基站,其特征在于,所述专用RRC资源配置信息还包括以下的一种或多种:专用RACH资源、空口无线资源、演进的无线接入承载E-RAB承载资源、安全参数。E50. The second base station according to E49, wherein the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, and an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer. Resources, security parameters.
E51、如E47~E50任一项所述的第二基站,其特征在于,所述处理器向所述原基站发送所述自动切换准备响应消息的方式包括:将所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源放在所述自动切换准备响应消息中的S1应用协议S1AP或X2应用协议X2AP字段中发送给所述原基站;和/或将所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源封装成RRC消息放在所述切换准备响应消息中的RRC透明容器Transparent Container字段中发送给所述原基站。The second base station according to any one of E47 to E50, wherein the method for the processor to send the automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station comprises: using the first target cell as a location The RRC resource configured by the UE is sent to the original base station in an S1 application protocol S1AP or X2 application protocol X2AP field in the automatic handover preparation response message; and/or the first target cell is configured for the UE The RRC resource is encapsulated into an RRC message and sent to the original base station in an RRC transparent container Transparent Container field in the handover preparation response message.
E52、如E45所述的第二基站,其特征在于,所述处理器根据所述目标小区指示信息对所述UE进行RRC资源配置的步骤包括:若所述目标小区指示信息中包含所述目标基站下的至少一个小区的小区标识,所述处理器在所述至少一个目标小区中对所述UE进行RRC资源配置;若所述目标小区指示信息中不包含所述目标基站下小区的小区标识,所述处理器不对所述UE进行RRC资源配置。The second base station according to E45, wherein the step of performing RRC resource configuration on the UE according to the target cell indication information includes: if the target cell indication information includes the target a cell identifier of the at least one cell in the base station, where the processor performs RRC resource configuration on the UE in the at least one target cell; if the target cell indication information does not include the cell identifier of the cell under the target base station The processor does not perform RRC resource configuration on the UE.
F53、一种用户终端UE,所述UE包括包括处理器、收发机、存储器、用户接口以及网络接口,其特征在于,所述处理器用于:接收原基站发送的自动切换配置信息;若所述自动切换配置信息至少包括成功为所述UE配置无线资源控制RRC资源的第一目标小区的小区标识,根据所述自动切换配置信息选择自动切换的目标小区。F53, a user terminal UE, the UE includes a processor, a transceiver, a memory, a user interface, and a network interface, where the processor is configured to: receive automatic switching configuration information sent by the original base station; The automatic handover configuration information includes at least a cell identifier of a first target cell that successfully configures a radio resource control RRC resource for the UE, and selects a target cell that is automatically switched according to the automatic handover configuration information.
F54、如F53所述的UE,其特征在于,所述自动切换配置信息还包括所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息。F54. The UE according to F53, wherein the automatic handover configuration information further includes RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
F55、如F53或F54所述的UE,其特征在于,所述自动切换配置信息包括所述第一目标小区的小区标识以及保存所述UE上下文信息的第二目标小区的小区标识;所述处理器根据所述自动切换配置信息选择自动切换的目标小区,包括:根据所述自动切换配置信息中的第一目标小区的小区标识以及所述第二目标小区的小区标识选择自动切换的目标小区。The UE according to F53 or F54, wherein the automatic handover configuration information includes a cell identifier of the first target cell and a cell identifier of a second target cell that saves the UE context information; The selecting the target cell for automatic handover according to the automatic handover configuration information includes: selecting, according to the cell identifier of the first target cell and the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration information, an automatically switched target cell.
F56、如F54所述的UE,其特征在于,所述RRC资源配置信息包括所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源类型,所述RRC资源类型包括:第一类型:公共RRC资源配置;第二类型:小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI配置;第三类型:C-RNTI配置和空口无线资源配置;第四类型:C-RNTI配置和专用随机接入信道RACH资源配置;以及第五类型:C-RNTI配置、空口无线资源配置和专用RACH资源配置。F56. The UE according to F54, wherein the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes: a first type: a public RRC resource. Configuration; second type: cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI configuration; third type: C-RNTI configuration and air interface radio resource configuration; fourth type: C-RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration; Five types: C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
F57、如F54所述的UE,其特征在于,所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息包括公共RRC资源配置信息和/或专用RRC资源配置信息,所述专用RRC资源配置信息至少包括所述UE在所述第一目标小区内的C-RNTI。The UE according to the F54, wherein the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes common RRC resource configuration information and/or dedicated RRC resource configuration information, and the dedicated RRC resource configuration information. At least the C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell is included.
F58、如F57所述的UE,其特征在于,所述专用RRC资源配置信息还包 括以下的一种或多种:专用RACH资源、空口无线资源、演进的无线接入承载E-RAB承载资源、安全参数。F58. The UE according to the F57, wherein the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further includes one or more of the following: a dedicated RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resource, Safety parameters.
F59、如F53所述的UE,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于:若所述自动切换配置信息不包括成功为所述UE配置RRC资源的第一目标小区的小区标识,且所述自动切换配置信息包括所述第二目标小区的小区标识,根据所述自动切换配置信息中的所述第二目标小区的小区标识选择自动切换的目标小区。The UE of the F53, wherein the processor is further configured to: if the automatic handover configuration information does not include a cell identifier of a first target cell that successfully configures an RRC resource for the UE, and The automatic handover configuration information includes a cell identifier of the second target cell, and the target cell that is automatically switched is selected according to the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration information.
F60、如F53所述的UE,其特征在于,所述处理器根据所述自动切换配置信息选择自动切换的目标小区的步骤包括:优先选择所述第一目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区。F60. The UE according to F53, wherein the step of selecting, by the processor, the automatically switched target cell according to the automatic handover configuration information comprises: preferentially selecting the first target cell as a target cell for automatic handover.
F61、如F54所述的UE,其特征在于,所述处理器根据所述自动切换配置信息选择所述第一目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区,还用于:若所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息中包含所述UE在所述第一目标小区的C-RNTI,所述处理器通过发送自动切换完成消息接入所述第一目标小区以完成自动切换;若所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息中不包含所述UE在所述第一目标小区的C-RNTI,所述处理器通过发送至少携带有所述UE在所述第一目标小区中的身份验证信息的自动切换请求消息接入所述第一目标小区。F61. The UE according to F54, wherein the processor selects the first target cell as a target cell for automatic handover according to the automatic handover configuration information, and is further configured to: if the first target cell pair The RRC resource configuration information of the UE includes a C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell, and the processor accesses the first target cell by sending an automatic handover complete message to complete automatic handover; The RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE does not include the C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell, and the processor transmits at least the UE in the first target by sending An automatic handover request message of the identity verification information in the cell accesses the first target cell.
F62、如F55所述的UE,其特征在于,所述处理器根据所述自动切换配置中的第一目标小区的小区标识以及所述第二目标小区的小区标识选择自动切换的目标小区的步骤包括:优先选择所述第一目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区,若所述处理器不能选择所述第一目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区,则优先选择所述第二目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区。F62. The UE according to F55, wherein the step of selecting, by the processor, the automatically switched target cell according to the cell identifier of the first target cell and the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration The method includes: preferentially selecting the first target cell as a target cell for automatic handover, and if the processor cannot select the first target cell as a target cell for automatic handover, preferentially selecting the second target cell as an automatic handover Target cell.
F63、如F55或F59所述的UE,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于:若所述处理器根据所述自动切换配置信息选择所述第二目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区,通过发送携带有所述UE在所述第二目标小区中的身份验证信息的自动切换请求消息接入所述第二目标小区。The UE according to F55 or F59, wherein the processor is further configured to: if the processor selects the second target cell as a target cell for automatic handover according to the automatic handover configuration information, And sending an automatic handover request message carrying the identity verification information of the UE in the second target cell to access the second target cell.
F64、如F59所述的UE,其特征在于,所述处理器根据所述自动切换配置信息中的所述第二目标小区的小区标识选择自动切换的目标小区的步骤包 括:优先选择所述第二目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区。The UE of the F59, wherein the step of selecting, by the processor, the automatically switched target cell according to the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration information comprises: preferentially selecting the The two target cells serve as target cells for automatic handover.

Claims (38)

  1. 一种切换准备方法,包括:A handover preparation method includes:
    用户终端UE接入的原基站向至少一个目标基站发送至少携带有所述UE的上下文信息以及目标小区指示信息的自动切换准备请求,其中,所述目标小区指示信息用于指示所述至少一个目标基站根据所述目标小区指示信息对所述UE进行无线资源控制RRC资源配置,所述UE的上下文信息用于指示所述至少一个目标基站在至少一个第二目标小区中保存所述UE的上下文信息;The original base station that is accessed by the user equipment UE transmits, to the at least one target base station, an automatic handover preparation request that carries at least the context information of the UE and the target cell indication information, where the target cell indication information is used to indicate the at least one target. The eNB performs radio resource control RRC resource configuration on the UE according to the target cell indication information, where the context information of the UE is used to indicate that the at least one target base station saves context information of the UE in at least one second target cell. ;
    所述原基站接收所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息;以及Receiving, by the original base station, an automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station;
    若所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区信息,则所述原基站向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息,所述自动切换配置信息至少包括所述第一目标小区的小区标识。If the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station includes the first target cell information that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover, the original base station sends automatic handover configuration information to the UE, and the automatic handover configuration The information includes at least a cell identifier of the first target cell.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一目标小区信息包括所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息。The method of claim 1, wherein the first target cell information comprises RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
  3. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述RRC资源配置信息包括所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源类型,所述RRC资源类型包括第一类型至第五类型,其中第一类型包括公共RRC资源配置,第二类型包括小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI配置,第三类型包括C-RNTI配置和空口无线资源配置,第四类型包括C-RNTI配置和专用随机接入信道RACH资源配置,第五类型包括C-RNTI配置、空口无线资源配置和专用RACH资源配置。The method according to claim 2, wherein the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes a first type to a fifth type, where One type includes a common RRC resource configuration, the second type includes a cell radio network temporary identity C-RNTI configuration, the third type includes a C-RNTI configuration and an air interface radio resource configuration, and the fourth type includes a C-RNTI configuration and a dedicated random access channel. RACH resource configuration, the fifth type includes C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
  4. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息包括公共RRC资源配置信息和专用RRC资源配置信息中的至少一项,所述专用RRC资源配置信息至少包括所述UE在所述第一目标小区内的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI。The method according to claim 2, wherein the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE comprises at least one of a common RRC resource configuration information and dedicated RRC resource configuration information, the dedicated RRC resource configuration. The information includes at least a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell.
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其中,所述专用RRC资源配置信息还包括以下的一种或多种:专用随机接入信道RACH资源、空口无线资源、演进 的无线接入承载E-RAB承载资源、安全参数。The method according to claim 4, wherein the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further comprises one or more of the following: a dedicated random access channel RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, and an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer. Resources, security parameters.
  6. 如权利要求2~5中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述原基站向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息包括以下(i)和(ii)中的至少一项:The method according to any one of claims 2 to 5, wherein the transmitting, by the original base station, the automatic handover configuration information to the UE comprises at least one of the following (i) and (ii):
    (i)所述原基站从所述自动切换准备响应消息中的S1应用协议S1AP或X2应用协议X2AP字段中获取所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源配置信息,并生成RRC消息发送给所述UE;和(i) the original base station acquires, from the S1 application protocol S1AP or the X2 application protocol X2AP field in the automatic handover preparation response message, the RRC resource configuration information configured by the first target cell for the UE, and generates an RRC message. Sent to the UE; and
    (ii)所述原基站将从所述自动切换准备响应消息的S1AP或X2AP字段中获取的RRC透明容器Transparent Container字段通过RRC消息发送给UE,其中,所述Transparent Container字段携带有所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源配置信息。(ii) the original base station sends the RRC transparent container Transparent Container field obtained from the S1AP or X2AP field of the automatic handover preparation response message to the UE by using an RRC message, where the Transparent Container field carries the first The target cell is RRC resource configuration information configured by the UE.
  7. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其中,所述原基站向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息包括所述原基站将以下的一种或多种信息通过RRC重配置消息发送给所述UE:The method of claim 5, wherein the sending, by the original base station, the automatic handover configuration information to the UE comprises: sending, by the original base station, one or more of the following information to the UE by using an RRC reconfiguration message:
    所述第一目标小区的小区标识、所述公共RRC资源配置信息、所述专用RRC资源配置信息中的所述UE在所述第一目标小区中的C-RNTI、所述专用RACH资源。a cell identifier of the first target cell, the common RRC resource configuration information, and a C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell and the dedicated RACH resource in the dedicated RRC resource configuration information.
  8. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述自动切换配置信息包括所述第一目标小区的小区标识以及第二目标小区的小区标识。The method of claim 1, wherein the automatic handover configuration information comprises a cell identity of the first target cell and a cell identity of a second target cell.
  9. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其中,所述UE的上下文信息包括以下的一种或多种:The method of claim 8, wherein the context information of the UE comprises one or more of the following:
    所述UE的安全能力信息、接入网安全密钥信息、所述UE的演进的无线接入承载E-RAB承载信息、所述UE的切换限制列表、RRC上下文信息;其中,所述RRC上下文信息至少包括所述UE的能力信息。Security capability information of the UE, access network security key information, evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer information of the UE, handover restriction list of the UE, RRC context information; wherein the RRC context The information includes at least capability information of the UE.
  10. 如权利要求9所述的方法,其中,所述RRC上下文信息还包括以下的一种或多种:The method of claim 9, wherein the RRC context information further comprises one or more of the following:
    接入层配置、无线资源管理配置、接入层上下文;Access layer configuration, radio resource management configuration, access layer context;
    其中,所述接入层上下文包括所述至少一个目标基站中每个目标基站下针对至少一个重建立目标小区的所述UE的重建立信息。The access layer context includes re-establishment information of the UE for at least one re-establishment target cell under each target base station in the at least one target base station.
  11. 如权利要求10所述的方法,其中,在所述原基站向所述UE发送自 动切换配置信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 10, wherein before the sending of the automatic handover configuration information by the original base station to the UE, the method further comprises:
    若所述UE的上下文信息中携带有所述接入层上下文,则所述原基站确定所述接入层上下文中的重建立目标小区为保存所述UE上下文信息的第二目标小区。If the context information of the UE carries the access layer context, the original base station determines that the re-establishment target cell in the access layer context is a second target cell that saves the UE context information.
  12. 如权利要求1所述的方法,还包括:The method of claim 1 further comprising:
    若所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息中不包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区信息,则所述原基站向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息,其中,所述自动切换配置信息包括所述第二目标小区的小区标识。If the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station does not include the first target cell information that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover, the original base station sends automatic handover configuration information to the UE, where The automatic handover configuration information includes a cell identifier of the second target cell.
  13. 一种切换准备方法,包括:A handover preparation method includes:
    目标基站接收用户终端UE接入的原基站发送的至少携带有所述UE的上下文信息以及目标小区指示信息的自动切换准备请求;The target base station receives an automatic handover preparation request that is sent by the original base station that is accessed by the user terminal UE and that carries at least the context information of the UE and the target cell indication information;
    所述目标基站根据所述目标小区指示信息对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制,并且所述目标基站根据所述UE的上下文信息在至少一个第二目标小区中保存所述UE的上下文信息;以及The target base station performs automatic handover admission control on the UE according to the target cell indication information, and the target base station saves context information of the UE in at least one second target cell according to context information of the UE;
    所述目标基站向所述原基站发送自动切换准备响应消息,其中,若所述目标基站成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换,则所述自动切换准备响应消息包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区信息。The target base station sends an automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station, where the automatic handover preparation response message includes successfully receiving the UE for automatic handover, if the target base station successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover. First target cell information.
  14. 如权利要求13所述的方法,其中,在所述目标基站向所述原基站发送所述自动切换准备响应消息之前,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 13, wherein the method further comprises: before the target base station sends the automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station, the method further comprising:
    所述目标基站确定在所述至少一个目标小区中对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制是否成功;Determining, by the target base station, whether the automatic handover admission control of the UE is successful in the at least one target cell;
    其中,若所述至少一个目标小区中的一个目标小区属于下列任意一种情况,则所述目标基站确定在该目标小区中对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制失败:所述目标小区不支持所述UE的公共陆地移动网络PLMN服务;或者所述目标小区支持所述UE的PLMN服务但属于所述UE切换限制列表的禁止跟踪区forbidden TA;或者所述目标小区不能成功接纳不提供最低的传输速率保证non-GBR类型的演进的无线接入承载E-RAB承载;或者所述目标基站在所述目标小区中为所述UE预留小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI失败;或 者所述目标基站在所述目标小区中为所述UE预留专用随机接入信道RACH资源且预留空口无线资源失败。If the target cell of the at least one target cell belongs to any one of the following conditions, the target base station determines that the automatic handover admission control fails for the UE in the target cell: the target cell does not support the a public land mobile network PLMN service of the UE; or the target cell supports the PLMN service of the UE but belongs to the forbidden tracking area forbidden TA of the UE handover restriction list; or the target cell cannot successfully accept the lowest transmission Rate-guaranteeing the non-GBR type of evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer; or the target base station fails to reserve the cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI for the UE in the target cell; or the target base station Reserving a dedicated random access channel RACH resource for the UE in the target cell and reserving the air interface radio resource fails.
  15. 如权利要求13所述的方法,其中,所述第一目标小区信息包括所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息。The method of claim 13, wherein the first target cell information comprises RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
  16. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其中,所述RRC资源配置信息包括所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源类型,所述RRC资源类型包括第一类型至第五类型,其中所述第一类型包括公共RRC资源配置,所述第二类型包括小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI配置,所述第三类型包括C-RNTI配置和空口无线资源配置,所述第四类型包括C-RNTI配置和专用随机接入信道RACH资源配置,所述第五类型包括C-RNTI配置、空口无线资源配置和专用RACH资源配置。The method according to claim 15, wherein the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes a first type to a fifth type, where The first type includes a common RRC resource configuration, the second type includes a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI configuration, and the third type includes a C-RNTI configuration and an air interface radio resource configuration, and the fourth type includes a C- RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration, the fifth type includes C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
  17. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其中,所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息包括公共RRC资源配置信息和专用RRC资源配置信息中的至少一项,所述专用RRC资源配置信息至少包括所述UE在所述第一目标小区内的C-RNTI。The method according to claim 15, wherein the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE comprises at least one of a common RRC resource configuration information and dedicated RRC resource configuration information, the dedicated RRC resource configuration. The information includes at least a C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell.
  18. 如权利要求17所述的方法,其中,所述专用RRC资源配置信息还包括以下的一种或多种:The method of claim 17, wherein the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further comprises one or more of the following:
    专用RACH资源、空口无线资源、演进的无线接入承载E-RAB承载资源、安全参数。Dedicated RACH resources, air interface radio resources, evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer resources, and security parameters.
  19. 如权利要求15~18中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述目标基站向所述原基站发送所述自动切换准备响应消息包括以下(i)和(ii)中的至少一项:The method according to any one of claims 15 to 18, wherein the transmitting, by the target base station, the automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station comprises at least one of the following (i) and (ii):
    (i)所述目标基站将所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源放在所述自动切换准备响应消息中的S1应用协议S1AP或X2应用协议X2AP字段中发送给所述原基站;和(i) the target base station sends the RRC resource configured by the first target cell to the UE to the original base station in an S1 application protocol S1AP or an X2 application protocol X2AP field in the automatic handover preparation response message. ;with
    (ii)所述目标基站将所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源放在所述切换准备响应消息中的RRC透明容器Transparent Container字段中发送给所述原基站。(ii) The target base station sends the RRC resource configured by the first target cell to the UE to the original base station in an RRC transparent container Transparent Container field in the handover preparation response message.
  20. 如权利要求13所述的方法,其中,所述目标基站根据所述目标小区 指示信息对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制包括:The method of claim 13, wherein the automatic handover admission control of the UE by the target base station according to the target cell indication information comprises:
    若所述目标小区指示信息包含所述目标基站下的至少一个小区的小区标识,则所述目标基站在所述至少一个目标小区中对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制;以及If the target cell indication information includes a cell identity of at least one cell under the target base station, the target base station performs automatic handover admission control on the UE in the at least one target cell;
    若所述目标小区指示信息不包含所述目标基站下小区的小区标识,则所述目标基站不对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制。If the target cell indication information does not include the cell identity of the cell under the target base station, the target base station does not perform automatic handover admission control on the UE.
  21. 一种切换准备方法,包括:A handover preparation method includes:
    用户终端UE接收原基站发送的自动切换配置信息;以及The user terminal UE receives the automatic handover configuration information sent by the original base station;
    若所述自动切换配置信息至少包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区的小区标识,则所述UE根据所述自动切换配置信息选择自动切换的目标小区。If the automatic handover configuration information includes at least a cell identifier of the first target cell that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover, the UE selects an automatically switched target cell according to the automatic handover configuration information.
  22. 如权利要求21所述的方法,其中,所述自动切换配置信息还包括所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息。The method of claim 21, wherein the automatic handover configuration information further comprises RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE.
  23. 如权利要求21或22所述的方法,其中,所述自动切换配置信息包括所述第一目标小区的小区标识以及保存所述UE上下文信息的第二目标小区的小区标识;The method according to claim 21 or 22, wherein the automatic handover configuration information comprises a cell identifier of the first target cell and a cell identifier of a second target cell that saves the UE context information;
    所述UE根据所述自动切换配置信息选择自动切换的目标小区,包括:所述UE根据所述自动切换配置信息中的第一目标小区的小区标识以及所述第二目标小区的小区标识选择自动切换的目标小区。And selecting, by the UE, the target cell that is automatically switched according to the automatic handover configuration information, including: the UE automatically selecting, according to the cell identifier of the first target cell and the cell identifier of the second target cell, in the automatic handover configuration information. The target cell of the handover.
  24. 如权利要求22所述的方法,其中,所述RRC资源配置信息包括所述第一目标小区为所述UE配置的RRC资源类型,所述RRC资源类型包括第一类型至第五类型,其中,所述第一类型包括公共RRC资源配置,所述第二类型包括小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI配置,所述第三类型包括C-RNTI配置和空口无线资源配置,所述第四类型包括C-RNTI配置和专用随机接入信道RACH资源配置,所述第五类型包括C-RNTI配置、空口无线资源配置和专用RACH资源配置。The method of claim 22, wherein the RRC resource configuration information includes an RRC resource type configured by the first target cell for the UE, and the RRC resource type includes a first type to a fifth type, where The first type includes a common RRC resource configuration, the second type includes a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI configuration, and the third type includes a C-RNTI configuration and an air interface radio resource configuration, and the fourth type includes C - RNTI configuration and dedicated random access channel RACH resource configuration, the fifth type including C-RNTI configuration, air interface radio resource configuration, and dedicated RACH resource configuration.
  25. 如权利要求22所述的方法,其中,所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息包括公共RRC资源配置信息和专用RRC资源配置信息中的至少一项,所述专用RRC资源配置信息至少包括所述UE在所述第一目标 小区内的C-RNTI。The method according to claim 22, wherein the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes at least one of a common RRC resource configuration information and dedicated RRC resource configuration information, the dedicated RRC resource configuration. The information includes at least a C-RNTI of the UE in the first target cell.
  26. 如权利要求25所述的方法,其中,所述专用RRC资源配置信息还包括以下的一种或多种:专用随机接入信道RACH资源、空口无线资源、演进的无线接入承载E-RAB承载资源、安全参数。The method of claim 25, wherein the dedicated RRC resource configuration information further comprises one or more of the following: a dedicated random access channel RACH resource, an air interface radio resource, and an evolved radio access bearer E-RAB bearer. Resources, security parameters.
  27. 如权利要求21所述的方法,还包括:The method of claim 21 further comprising:
    若所述自动切换配置信息不包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区的小区标识,且所述自动切换配置信息包括所述第二目标小区的小区标识,则所述UE根据所述自动切换配置信息中的所述第二目标小区的小区标识选择自动切换的目标小区。If the automatic handover configuration information does not include the cell identifier of the first target cell that successfully receives the automatic handover of the UE, and the automatic handover configuration information includes the cell identifier of the second target cell, the UE according to the The cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration information selects a target cell that is automatically switched.
  28. 如权利要求21所述的方法,其中,所述UE根据所述自动切换配置信息选择自动切换的目标小区包括:The method of claim 21, wherein the selecting, by the UE, the target cell for automatic handover according to the automatic handover configuration information comprises:
    所述UE优先选择所述第一目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区。The UE preferentially selects the first target cell as a target cell for automatic handover.
  29. 如权利要求22所述的方法,其中,若所述UE根据所述自动切换配置信息选择所述第一目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区,则所述方法还包括:The method of claim 22, wherein if the UE selects the first target cell as the target cell for automatic handover according to the automatic handover configuration information, the method further includes:
    若所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息中包含对所述UE的专用RRC资源配置信息,则所述UE通过发送自动切换完成消息接入所述第一目标小区以完成自动切换;以及If the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell to the UE includes the dedicated RRC resource configuration information for the UE, the UE accesses the first target cell by sending an automatic handover complete message to complete the automatic process. Switch; and
    若所述第一目标小区对所述UE的RRC资源配置信息中不包含对所述UE的专用RRC资源配置信息,则所述UE通过发送至少携带有所述UE在所述第一目标小区中的身份验证信息的自动切换请求消息接入所述第一目标小区。If the RRC resource configuration information of the first target cell does not include the dedicated RRC resource configuration information for the UE, the UE transmits the at least the UE in the first target cell by sending The automatic handover request message of the authentication information accesses the first target cell.
  30. 如权利要求23所述的方法,其中,所述UE根据所述自动切换配置中的第一目标小区的小区标识以及所述第二目标小区的小区标识选择自动切换的目标小区包括:The method of claim 23, wherein the UE selects the target cell that is automatically switched according to the cell identifier of the first target cell and the cell identifier of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration, including:
    所述UE优先选择所述第一目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区;以及Deselecting, by the UE, the first target cell as a target cell for automatic handover;
    若所述UE不能选择所述第一目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区,则所述UE优先选择所述第二目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区。If the UE cannot select the first target cell as the target cell for automatic handover, the UE preferentially selects the second target cell as the target cell for automatic handover.
  31. 如权利要求23或27所述的方法,还包括:The method of claim 23 or 27, further comprising:
    若所述UE根据所述自动切换配置信息选择所述第二目标小区作为自动 切换的目标小区,则所述UE通过发送携带有所述UE在所述第二目标小区中的身份验证信息的自动切换请求消息接入所述第二目标小区。If the UE selects the second target cell as the target cell for automatic handover according to the automatic handover configuration information, the UE automatically sends the identity verification information that carries the UE in the second target cell. The handover request message accesses the second target cell.
  32. 如权利要求27所述的方法,其中,所述UE根据所述自动切换配置信息中的所述第二目标小区的小区标识选择自动切换的目标小区,包括:The method of claim 27, wherein the UE selects an automatically switched target cell according to the cell identity of the second target cell in the automatic handover configuration information, including:
    所述UE优先选择所述第二目标小区作为自动切换的目标小区。The UE preferentially selects the second target cell as a target cell for automatic handover.
  33. 一种第一基站,所述第一基站为原基站并且包括处理器、存储器以及总线接口,所述处理器和所述存储器通过所述总线接口连接,a first base station, the first base station is an original base station and includes a processor, a memory, and a bus interface, and the processor and the memory are connected through the bus interface.
    其中,所述存储器用于存储所述处理器在执行操作时存储的程序和数据,并且Wherein the memory is used to store programs and data stored by the processor when performing operations, and
    所述处理器用于读取在所述存储器中存储的程序和数据,以控制所述第一基站执行根据权利要求1-12中任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to read programs and data stored in the memory to control the first base station to perform the method of any of claims 1-12.
  34. 一种第二基站,所述第二基站为目标基站并且包括处理器、存储器以及总线接口,其中,a second base station, the second base station is a target base station and includes a processor, a memory, and a bus interface, where
    所述存储器用于存储所述处理器在执行操作时存储的程序和数据,并且The memory is configured to store programs and data stored by the processor when performing an operation, and
    所述处理器用于读取在所述存储器中存储的程序和数据,以控制所述第二基站执行根据权利要求13-20中任一项所述的方法。The processor is operative to read programs and data stored in the memory to control the second base station to perform the method of any of claims 13-20.
  35. 一种用户终端UE,包括处理器、存储器以及总线接口,所述处理器、所述收发机和所述存储器通过所述总线接口连接,A user terminal UE includes a processor, a memory, and a bus interface, and the processor, the transceiver, and the memory are connected by the bus interface.
    其中,所述存储器用于存储所述处理器在执行操作时存储的程序和数据,并且Wherein the memory is used to store programs and data stored by the processor when performing operations, and
    所述处理器用于读取在所述存储器中存储的程序和数据,以控制所述用户终端执行根据权利要求21-32中任一项所述的方法。The processor is operative to read programs and data stored in the memory to control the user terminal to perform the method of any of claims 21-32.
  36. 一种第一基站,所述第一基站为原基站并且包括:A first base station, the first base station is an original base station and includes:
    发送模块,配置为向至少一个目标基站发送至少携带有接入所述第一基站的用户终端UE的上下文信息以及目标小区指示信息的自动切换准备请求,其中,所述目标小区指示信息用于指示所述至少一个目标基站根据所述目标小区指示信息对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制,所述UE的上下文信息用于指示所述至少一个目标基站在至少一个第二目标小区中保存所述UE的上下文信息;The sending module is configured to send, to the at least one target base station, an automatic handover preparation request that carries at least the context information of the user terminal UE that accesses the first base station and the target cell indication information, where the target cell indication information is used to indicate The at least one target base station performs automatic handover admission control on the UE according to the target cell indication information, where context information of the UE is used to indicate that the at least one target base station saves the UE in at least one second target cell. Contextual information;
    接收模块,配置为接收所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息;以及a receiving module, configured to receive an automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station;
    确定模块,配置为确定所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息是否包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区信息,a determining module, configured to determine whether the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station includes first target cell information that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover,
    其中若所述至少一个目标基站发送的自动切换准备响应消息包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区信息,则所述发送模块向所述UE发送自动切换配置信息,所述自动切换配置信息至少包括所述第一目标小区的小区标识。If the automatic handover preparation response message sent by the at least one target base station includes the first target cell information that successfully accepts the automatic handover of the UE, the sending module sends automatic handover configuration information to the UE, where the automatic handover is performed. The configuration information includes at least a cell identifier of the first target cell.
  37. 一种第二基站,所述第二基站是目标基站并且包括:A second base station, the second base station is a target base station and includes:
    接收模块,配置为接收用户终端UE接入的原基站发送的至少携带有所述UE的上下文信息以及目标小区指示信息的自动切换准备请求;The receiving module is configured to receive an automatic handover preparation request that is sent by the original base station that is accessed by the user equipment UE and that carries at least the context information of the UE and the target cell indication information;
    配置模块,配置为根据所述目标小区指示信息对所述UE进行自动切换接纳控制;a configuration module, configured to perform automatic handover admission control on the UE according to the target cell indication information;
    保存模块,配置为根据所述UE的上下文信息在至少一个第二目标小区中保存所述UE的上下文信息;以及a saving module, configured to save context information of the UE in at least one second target cell according to context information of the UE;
    发送模块,配置为向所述原基站发送自动切换准备响应消息,其中,若所述目标基站成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换,则所述自动切换准备响应消息包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区信息。The sending module is configured to send an automatic handover preparation response message to the original base station, where the automatic handover preparation response message includes successfully receiving the UE for automatic handover if the target base station successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover. The first target cell information.
  38. 一种用户终端UE,包括:A user terminal UE includes:
    接收模块,配置为接收该用户终端UE接入的原基站发送的自动切换配置信息;a receiving module, configured to receive automatic switching configuration information sent by the original base station accessed by the user terminal UE;
    确定模块,配置为确定所述自动切换配置信息是否包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区的小区标识;以及a determining module, configured to determine whether the automatic handover configuration information includes a cell identifier of a first target cell that successfully accepts the UE for automatic handover;
    选择模块,配置为在所述自动切换配置信息包括成功接纳所述UE进行自动切换的第一目标小区的小区标识的情况下,根据所述自动切换配置信息选择自动切换的目标小区。And a selection module, configured to: when the automatic handover configuration information includes a cell identifier of the first target cell that successfully accepts the UE to perform automatic handover, select an automatic handover target cell according to the automatic handover configuration information.
PCT/CN2018/076974 2017-02-23 2018-02-22 Handover preparation method, base station and user equipment WO2018153344A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201710100937.X 2017-02-23
CN201710100937.XA CN108471631B (en) 2017-02-23 2017-02-23 Switching preparation method, related base station and UE

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018153344A1 true WO2018153344A1 (en) 2018-08-30

Family

ID=63254176

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/076974 WO2018153344A1 (en) 2017-02-23 2018-02-22 Handover preparation method, base station and user equipment

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN108471631B (en)
WO (1) WO2018153344A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113170372A (en) * 2018-12-29 2021-07-23 深圳市欢太科技有限公司 Cell connection processing method, device, mobile terminal and storage medium
CN114286395A (en) * 2020-09-27 2022-04-05 中国电信股份有限公司 Base station communication method, base station, communication system, and storage medium

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111200847A (en) * 2018-11-16 2020-05-26 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN111491338B (en) * 2019-01-28 2022-04-22 华为技术有限公司 Context storage method and device
WO2022057817A1 (en) * 2020-09-21 2022-03-24 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 Method and apparatus used in node for wireless communication
CN115119269B (en) * 2021-03-17 2023-11-03 维沃移动通信有限公司 Switching method and device of self-backhaul network and network side equipment

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101026857A (en) * 2006-02-17 2007-08-29 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for preparing resource in advance for hard switching process
CN104469873A (en) * 2013-09-25 2015-03-25 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Cell switching method and device
CN105228200A (en) * 2015-10-08 2016-01-06 西南交通大学 The fast cell changing method that a kind of network assistance UE controls and device
US20160345222A1 (en) * 2015-01-30 2016-11-24 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Handover in high speed scenario

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5354642B2 (en) * 2008-04-09 2013-11-27 日本電気株式会社 Wireless communication system and communication method thereof
GB2472789A (en) * 2009-08-17 2011-02-23 Nec Corp In a lte-advanced network a target enb sends a source enb information to indicate to the ue which of multiple component carriers is to be used for initail acc
CN102215485B (en) * 2010-04-04 2015-07-22 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for guaranteeing safety of multi-carrier switching or reconstructing in multi-carrier communication system
ES2742229T3 (en) * 2010-12-23 2020-02-13 Huawei Tech Co Ltd Method for determining a handover criterion in a wireless cellular communication system
US8989741B2 (en) * 2011-05-23 2015-03-24 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Apparatus and methods for group wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) handover

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101026857A (en) * 2006-02-17 2007-08-29 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for preparing resource in advance for hard switching process
CN104469873A (en) * 2013-09-25 2015-03-25 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Cell switching method and device
US20160345222A1 (en) * 2015-01-30 2016-11-24 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Handover in high speed scenario
CN105228200A (en) * 2015-10-08 2016-01-06 西南交通大学 The fast cell changing method that a kind of network assistance UE controls and device

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113170372A (en) * 2018-12-29 2021-07-23 深圳市欢太科技有限公司 Cell connection processing method, device, mobile terminal and storage medium
EP3902327A4 (en) * 2018-12-29 2022-05-18 Shenzhen Heytap Technology Corp., Ltd. Cell connection processing method and apparatus, and mobile terminal and storage medium
CN113170372B (en) * 2018-12-29 2022-11-29 深圳市欢太科技有限公司 Cell connection processing method, device, mobile terminal and storage medium
CN114286395A (en) * 2020-09-27 2022-04-05 中国电信股份有限公司 Base station communication method, base station, communication system, and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN108471631B (en) 2020-05-12
CN108471631A (en) 2018-08-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2018153344A1 (en) Handover preparation method, base station and user equipment
US9913206B2 (en) Method and apparatus for searching for closed subscriber group cells
JP6570835B2 (en) Method and apparatus for mobile entity authentication for white space operation
KR20200074068A (en) A method for configuring ue-ambr
US20140376515A1 (en) Methods, apparatuses and computer program products for wlan discovery and handover in coexisted lte and wlan networks
US20130195078A1 (en) Communication system, mobile terminal, and communication method
US9942743B2 (en) User terminal and base station for a device to device proximity service
TWM395314U (en) Wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) and network entity for detecting a home node-b or home (evolved) node-b (HNB), and base station
TW201412159A (en) Mobile communication devices, telecommunication networks, and methods for offloading data traffic
JP6797904B2 (en) Determining frequencies for transmission and reception between devices
CN109716829A (en) The technology of power saving is carried out in more SIM modems using the LTE signaling of extension
US11381979B2 (en) Standalone unlicensed spectrum carrier aggregation combinations using dynamic frequency selection (DFS) spectrum
WO2020248237A1 (en) Method and device for establishing aggregated connection, and storage medium
CN110191485B (en) Method and apparatus for delivery of measurements
EP3422750B1 (en) Method and apparatus for providing service provider identifier, access device, and terminal device
WO2015169076A1 (en) Authorization information configuration method and apparatus, network element device and computer storage medium
JP6433433B2 (en) Communication control method and base station
JP5956769B2 (en) Wireless communication system, communication method, base station apparatus, and mobile terminal
US20230074413A1 (en) Communication related to network slice
US11265937B2 (en) Device discovery in a device to device communication using two types of discovery
US20220360996A1 (en) Network slice redirection method and apparatus
WO2023011078A1 (en) Deregistration method and communication apparatus
WO2023201489A1 (en) Communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2022205250A1 (en) Method and apparatus for processing radio link failure
WO2020186422A1 (en) Method and apparatus for fast return to 5gs after eps fallback

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18757689

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

32PN Ep: public notification in the ep bulletin as address of the adressee cannot be established

Free format text: NOTING OF LOSS OF RIGHTS PURSUANT TO RULE 112(1) EPC (EPO FORM 1205A DATED 27/11/2019)

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18757689

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1